Contensive Wiki - User contributions [en]

Svetness

2022-09-08T18:17:52Z

Admin: /* How-To For Svetness */

Documentation for Svetness

Livestream
Production server: https://livestream.svetness.com/
Staging server: http://svetness.livestream.sitefpo.com/

Mobile
Production server: https://dashboard.svetness.com/
Staging server: http://svetnessdashboard.sitefpo.com/

Maintenance
Production server: https://svetness.com/

==Terms==
==Roles==
;Admin: Employees of Svetness with access to the administrative back end of the website. They have "Administrator" checked in their user record.

==How-To For Svetness==
===Ecommerce-Refunds===

You can refund charges made to your account, either in whole or in part. Refunds use your available Stripe balance—this doesn’t include any pending balance. If your available balance doesn’t cover the amount of the refund, Stripe debits the remaining amount from your bank account.

If Stripe can’t debit the remaining amount from your bank account, your refunds may go into a pending status until you add funds to your Stripe balance. You can view a list of all your pending refunds in the Dashboard.

If the original charge underwent currency conversion, the refunded amount converts back using the same process. There are no fees to refund a charge, but the fees from the original charge aren’t returned.

We submit refund requests to your customer’s bank or card issuer. Your customer sees the refund as a credit approximately 5-10 business days later, depending upon the bank. Once issued, a refund cannot be canceled. Disputes and chargebacks aren’t possible on credit card charges that are fully refunded.

We’ll also send an email to your customer notifying them of the refund, if all of these conditions apply:
*The original charge was created on a Customer object in your Stripe account
*The Customer object has a stored email address
*You have Email customers for refunds enabled

Some refunds—those issued shortly after the original charge—appear in the form of a reversal instead of a refund. In the case of a reversal, the original charge drops off the customer’s statement, and a separate credit is not issued.

===Add Region/Code===
Manage Add-ons->Ecommerce->Account Categories

Gourley & Gourley (G&G)

2022-08-26T13:54:08Z

Admin: /* Investor Section */

The website can be found at https://www.gandgland.com/

==Investor Section==

The Investor Section of the G&G website enables investors to login in order to access account information, to access stored documents, to review monthly and quarterly reports and to initiate account transfers. 

After you login to the site and click ACCOUNT OVERVIEW, you will see the following screen: 

[[File:GG-acct-overview.png]]

'''Adding/Editing the Account Profile''' 
If you want to add or change information about the account administrator or account members, click on EDIT MY ACCOUNT PROFILE. This takes you to the following screen: 

[[File:GG-Edit_account.png]]

You can change any information stored for the primary account holder, including name, address, user name, password, phone and email. Click SAVE when you are done to save changes. If you want to change information for other members on the account click EDIT next to their name. You can eliminate a user by clicking DELETE next to the name. You can change any information stored for the primary account holder, including name, address, user name, password, phone and email. Click SAVE when you are done to save changes. If you want to change information for other members on the account click EDIT next to their name. You can eliminate a user by clicking DELETE next to the name. 

'''Document Retrieval''' 
Click on Drop Box to see a list of all documents stored. Click on the document name to access it. 

'''Quarterly Reports''' 
The account administrator uploads quarterly reports by logging in and clicking ADMIN. From here click MANAGE ADD-ONS, G and G Accounts and then Quarterly Reports. Click ADD to name the report, upload the report file and choose which investment account the report goes with. Click OK to save the new report. 

Any user on a specific account can access the quarterly report for that account by clicking on the report under Quarterly Reports in the Account Overview section. 

'''Monthly Statements''' 
The account administrator uploads monthly statements by logging in and clicking ADMIN. From here click MANAGE ADD-ONS, G and G Accounts and then Investment Account Statement Content. Click ADD to name the report and upload the report file. Click the CHART tab to choose which fields to include on the report and to name the fields. Click the CONTENT tab to put in text for the header, body and footer on the statement. Click OK to save the new report. 

To build the monthly statements, click on STATEMENT BUILDER, which displays the screen below. Here you will choose the statement content developed in the step above. Next select an account and click TEST STATEMENT to make sure everything looks like it should. When the statement looks correct, you can then click BUILD STATEMENTS to build all current statements for all accounts. 

[[File:GG-stmt-builder.png]]

Any user on a specific account can access the monthly statements for that account by clicking on MONTHLY STATEMENTS from the ACCOUNT OVERVIEW screen and then clicking on the specific report the user wants to access. 

'''Initiating Account Transfers''' 
To initiate account transfers, you click on ACCOUNT TRANSFER INITIATION FORM, which pulls up the following screen. Fill in all fields and click SAVE to initiate a transfer or CANCEL if you change your mind. 

[[File:GG-acct_transfer.png]]

'''Importing K-1s, Statements, and Other Documents (Mike)''' 

After Mike uploads files, the transfer from S3 to website is the New Automatic Process (updated on production 6/26/2020)

1) Log into AWS here: https://contensive.signin.aws.amazon.com/console

2) Type S3 in the Search and click on S3

3) Search for the bucket named 'gandglandupload' and click to open

4) In the bucket, click the Upload button

5) Click the Add Files button

6) Locate your files and select Upload

7) The new naming conventions have to match the following in order for the automatic process to transfer files to website. They are as follows:

Statement:
"115 2020 Statement June.pdf"

K-1:
"2020 K-1 115 Tom Jones.pdf"

Other Document:
"115 2020 AnyText.pdf"

8) Once uploaded to S3 bucket, the process will automatically transfer the files to the Investment Account Statements table and clear S3.

9) The UI on user Accounts now has folders for K-1, Statements, Other Documents.

'''Updating K-1s on G&G site (Contensive)''' 

As of new push 6/26/2020- THIS NEW PROCESS IS AUTOMATIC. Mike uploads files to S3, when they are transferred to server they are cleared out of S3, then saved to Investment Account Statements table and displayed on website.

(THIS PROCESS NO LONGER USED- Past instructions for manual process- but didn't want to delete when process became automatic)
1) On the server, create a folder in D:\inetPub\GandG\files\investmentAccount similar to D:\inetPub\GandG\files\investmentAccount\2017K1

2) Copy all the K1 pdf files into that folder. They must each have a specific format:

Year -- "K-1" -- AccountNumber -- theRest

for example: 2016 K-1 996 TAYLOR, STEVEN.pdf

3) In the admin site, under G & G Accounts, edit the addon "Deploy K1 Documents"

-- at the end of the script, there is a references create record names with the year, like "2017"

-- this must be changed to current year BEFORE running the script.

4) Run the script to store all the K1 documents.

*NOTE: Our program runs using the Partner Number. For example, while G&G site lists Account 338- Riley, Lydia, and that is how we name the K-1 files, the Partner Number for Riley is 344. So in this example, when our program runs, the Riley, Lydia K-1 is uploaded to the Account 344 Teter, Patricia on site. The Partner Number for Teter is 338. So we had to download the PDF manually and upload to the two records in Investment Account Statements table.

American College of Nurse-Midwives (ACNM)

2022-08-23T19:51:49Z

Admin: /* Add Search Bar */

This website can be accessed at http://acnm.org/

==Clear Cache Tool==
In order to clear the cache on the ACNM site, administrators or content editors can login and click on ADMIN. Next, click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ACNM and then ACNM CLEAR CACHE CONTROL. You will then see the following screen: 

[[File:ClearCache.png]]

You can choose to hit the CLEAR CACHE NOW button to immediately clear the cache. You can also change the number of hours in the box to set how often you want the cache to automatically clear. Click on SAVE if you choose to change the number.

==How to Manage Third-Party Add Search Bar==

login to Add Search

Username: webmanager@acnm.org

Password: Midwife99#

The addon, Addsearch, says that they will automatically recrawl the website when they think it is fit to do so.
*You may get to these recrawling tools from the tab "Index Tools". Once there, enter the URL for the page you want to update, in this case it was https://www.midwife.org/national-midwifery-week,
*Then hit "check status", that will expand a screen and there is "recrawl url" button. This will update the results for that one page and it is fast and it seems like it can be done an unlimited amount of times.
*There is also a "Full Recrawl" button. This will update all the search results for every page across the site and take about an hour. It can also only be run once a week.

==Page Templates==
To set a template for a webpage, go to the webpage, login and click on EDIT. Then click the paper/pencil icon for the page content record. Click on the FEATURES tab and in the TEMPLATE field, choose the template you wish to use from the drop down menu. 

To see the templates that have been developed for ACNM:
Login and click ADMIN>MANAGE DESIGN>TEMPLATES

==ACNM Pledge Campaigns==

The pledge form add-on enables you to place a pledge on a page with a form for people to sign the pledge by entering their name, email, state, and zip code. They may also choose to receive periodic updates from ACNM. 

'''How to Install the Pledge Form Add-On''' 

Click here for information on [[Installing Add-Ons]]. (The Add-On is named PLEDGE FORM.) 

'''How to Add the Pledge Form to a web page''' 

When you are on the web page where you would like the pledge form to appear and are logged on as an Administrator, you will select the EDIT option from the menu. Next, click the paper/pencil icon. This will take you to the Edit record for your page. On this screen put your cursor in the Copy box, click on the Add-on drop down menu and select Pledge Form. An image with the Contensive logo will appear in the Copy Box. Click OK at the top of the page to save the pledge form to your webpage. 

After you click OK, you will return to the webpage with the pledge form, where you will see the following: 

[[File:ACNM-PledgeForm.png]]

Click on the paper/pencil icon by the pledge name to edit the pledge text or to select the group for people who signed the form and also for people who chose to receive additional information. All fields are required to submit the form. The field “State” is a drop down of the US states; if the user clicks the link “Outside the US” the drop down provides a list of countries and the link changes to “Inside the US”. The “Privacy Policy" link goes to a content page containing the OMT privacy policy. 

Once the user clicks SUBMIT, a system email is sent to the “pledger” . You can edit the content of this email by logging in and going to ADMIN. Then click on MANAGE EMAIL, SYSTEM EMAIL, and then the paper/pencil icon for PLEDGE CAMPAIGN AUTO RESPONDER. You can edit the email text, subject, from address, notification send to address, and groups to receive the email. Click OK to save changes. 

When someone fills out the The Pledge form and clicks SUBMIT, the information collected is saved to fields in a people record and adds that user to the group specified in the CAMPAIGN RECORD. Next, a light box pops up to ask the user to share their pledge on Facebook, Twitter or email. The Facebook incorporated Open Graph tags to allow a graphical post of the pledge on the user’s timeline. The Facebook and Twitter links will use the following information: 

*The Link will be the URL or the page where the Pledge form is placed.
*The title and the description for the Facebook share will come from what you enter in the "Meta Content" tab for the page where the Pledge form is placed.

To change the campaign on a page, login and click on ADVANCED EDIT. Click on the WRENCH above the campaign name and choose the new campaign from the drop down in the CAMPAIGN field. Click UPDATE to save changes.

==ACNM Library Search==
The ACNM Library Search provides the ability to drop a search on a webpage for specific files for a specified combination of keyword, topic and/or category. To show up in the search, there must be a record saved in the ACNM Library2 Files. The files that will appear first in search results are those with keywords specified within the birth tool files and with the keyword in the title of the document. After those documents, any other documents with the search word in the content of the document will be displayed. 

To place the Library Search on a web page, go to the page, login and click edit. While editing the page, put your cursor in the copy box and select ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH from the Add-On drop down menu. Click OK to save changes. 

When you first place this add-on on a webpage, on the screen the user can type in a keyword and if they want they can choose a specific Category or Topic to narrow results. 

'''Adding Files to the Library Search Results''' 

In order to show up in the search results, the file must be added to the ACNM Library2 Files. You get to these files by logging in, clicking on ADMIN and then on ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH and finally ACNM LIBRARY2 FILES. This will display a list of all documents currently included in the search. To edit one of them, click the paper/pencil icon next to the file name. To add a new file, click ADD. 

You will then specify the name of the file. You can include a URL for a specific webpage to be included in the search or upload a file for a document that you want to include. When you upload a PDF file (after saving), the system will update the content of the record with the text from the pdf file within 1 minute. 

Next enter a description for the file, which will show up in the search results screen. 

Click on the META tab to select the Category, File Type and Topic for the document. Also, enter the keywords relevant to this document on this screen. 

Click OK when you are done to save changes. 

To add or edit the categories, file types or documents included in the drop down menus, login, click on ADMIN and then on ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH. You will then click on one of the following, depending which item you want to edit: ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE CATEGORIES, ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE TOPICS, or ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE TYPES. To edit one of them, click the paper/pencil icon next to the file name. To add a new item, click ADD. You will then enter the name of the new category, topic or file type and click OK to save changes.

American College of Nurse-Midwives (ACNM)

2022-08-23T19:51:20Z

Admin:

This website can be accessed at http://acnm.org/

==Clear Cache Tool==
In order to clear the cache on the ACNM site, administrators or content editors can login and click on ADMIN. Next, click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ACNM and then ACNM CLEAR CACHE CONTROL. You will then see the following screen: 

[[File:ClearCache.png]]

You can choose to hit the CLEAR CACHE NOW button to immediately clear the cache. You can also change the number of hours in the box to set how often you want the cache to automatically clear. Click on SAVE if you choose to change the number.

==Add Search Bar==

login to Add Search

Username: webmanager@acnm.org

Password: Midwife99#

The addon, Addsearch, says that they will automatically recrawl the website when they think it is fit to do so.
*You may get to these recrawling tools from the tab "Index Tools". Once there, enter the URL for the page you want to update, in this case it was https://www.midwife.org/national-midwifery-week,
*Then hit "check status", that will expand a screen and there is "recrawl url" button. This will update the results for that one page and it is fast and it seems like it can be done an unlimited amount of times.
*There is also a "Full Recrawl" button. This will update all the search results for every page across the site and take about an hour. It can also only be run once a week.

==Page Templates==
To set a template for a webpage, go to the webpage, login and click on EDIT. Then click the paper/pencil icon for the page content record. Click on the FEATURES tab and in the TEMPLATE field, choose the template you wish to use from the drop down menu. 

To see the templates that have been developed for ACNM:
Login and click ADMIN>MANAGE DESIGN>TEMPLATES

==ACNM Pledge Campaigns==

The pledge form add-on enables you to place a pledge on a page with a form for people to sign the pledge by entering their name, email, state, and zip code. They may also choose to receive periodic updates from ACNM. 

'''How to Install the Pledge Form Add-On''' 

Click here for information on [[Installing Add-Ons]]. (The Add-On is named PLEDGE FORM.) 

'''How to Add the Pledge Form to a web page''' 

When you are on the web page where you would like the pledge form to appear and are logged on as an Administrator, you will select the EDIT option from the menu. Next, click the paper/pencil icon. This will take you to the Edit record for your page. On this screen put your cursor in the Copy box, click on the Add-on drop down menu and select Pledge Form. An image with the Contensive logo will appear in the Copy Box. Click OK at the top of the page to save the pledge form to your webpage. 

After you click OK, you will return to the webpage with the pledge form, where you will see the following: 

[[File:ACNM-PledgeForm.png]]

Click on the paper/pencil icon by the pledge name to edit the pledge text or to select the group for people who signed the form and also for people who chose to receive additional information. All fields are required to submit the form. The field “State” is a drop down of the US states; if the user clicks the link “Outside the US” the drop down provides a list of countries and the link changes to “Inside the US”. The “Privacy Policy" link goes to a content page containing the OMT privacy policy. 

Once the user clicks SUBMIT, a system email is sent to the “pledger” . You can edit the content of this email by logging in and going to ADMIN. Then click on MANAGE EMAIL, SYSTEM EMAIL, and then the paper/pencil icon for PLEDGE CAMPAIGN AUTO RESPONDER. You can edit the email text, subject, from address, notification send to address, and groups to receive the email. Click OK to save changes. 

When someone fills out the The Pledge form and clicks SUBMIT, the information collected is saved to fields in a people record and adds that user to the group specified in the CAMPAIGN RECORD. Next, a light box pops up to ask the user to share their pledge on Facebook, Twitter or email. The Facebook incorporated Open Graph tags to allow a graphical post of the pledge on the user’s timeline. The Facebook and Twitter links will use the following information: 

*The Link will be the URL or the page where the Pledge form is placed.
*The title and the description for the Facebook share will come from what you enter in the "Meta Content" tab for the page where the Pledge form is placed.

To change the campaign on a page, login and click on ADVANCED EDIT. Click on the WRENCH above the campaign name and choose the new campaign from the drop down in the CAMPAIGN field. Click UPDATE to save changes.

==ACNM Library Search==
The ACNM Library Search provides the ability to drop a search on a webpage for specific files for a specified combination of keyword, topic and/or category. To show up in the search, there must be a record saved in the ACNM Library2 Files. The files that will appear first in search results are those with keywords specified within the birth tool files and with the keyword in the title of the document. After those documents, any other documents with the search word in the content of the document will be displayed. 

To place the Library Search on a web page, go to the page, login and click edit. While editing the page, put your cursor in the copy box and select ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH from the Add-On drop down menu. Click OK to save changes. 

When you first place this add-on on a webpage, on the screen the user can type in a keyword and if they want they can choose a specific Category or Topic to narrow results. 

'''Adding Files to the Library Search Results''' 

In order to show up in the search results, the file must be added to the ACNM Library2 Files. You get to these files by logging in, clicking on ADMIN and then on ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH and finally ACNM LIBRARY2 FILES. This will display a list of all documents currently included in the search. To edit one of them, click the paper/pencil icon next to the file name. To add a new file, click ADD. 

You will then specify the name of the file. You can include a URL for a specific webpage to be included in the search or upload a file for a document that you want to include. When you upload a PDF file (after saving), the system will update the content of the record with the text from the pdf file within 1 minute. 

Next enter a description for the file, which will show up in the search results screen. 

Click on the META tab to select the Category, File Type and Topic for the document. Also, enter the keywords relevant to this document on this screen. 

Click OK when you are done to save changes. 

To add or edit the categories, file types or documents included in the drop down menus, login, click on ADMIN and then on ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH. You will then click on one of the following, depending which item you want to edit: ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE CATEGORIES, ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE TOPICS, or ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE TYPES. To edit one of them, click the paper/pencil icon next to the file name. To add a new item, click ADD. You will then enter the name of the new category, topic or file type and click OK to save changes.

American College of Nurse-Midwives (ACNM)

2022-08-23T19:50:26Z

Admin:

This website can be accessed at http://acnm.org/

==Clear Cache Tool==
In order to clear the cache on the ACNM site, administrators or content editors can login and click on ADMIN. Next, click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ACNM and then ACNM CLEAR CACHE CONTROL. You will then see the following screen: 

[[File:ClearCache.png]]

You can choose to hit the CLEAR CACHE NOW button to immediately clear the cache. You can also change the number of hours in the box to set how often you want the cache to automatically clear. Click on SAVE if you choose to change the number.

==Add Search Bar==

login to Add Search

Username: webmanager@acnm.org

Password: Midwife99#

The addon, Addsearch, says that they will automatically recrawl the website when they think it is fit to do so.
You may get to these recrawling tools from the tab "Index Tools". Once there, enter the URL for the page you want to update, in this case it was https://www.midwife.org/national-midwifery-week,
Then hit "check status", that will expand a screen and there is "recrawl url" button. This will update the results for that one page and it is fast and it seems like it can be done an unlimited amount of times.
There is also a "Full Recrawl" button. This will update all the search results for every page across the site and take about an hour. It can also only be run once a week.

==Page Templates==
To set a template for a webpage, go to the webpage, login and click on EDIT. Then click the paper/pencil icon for the page content record. Click on the FEATURES tab and in the TEMPLATE field, choose the template you wish to use from the drop down menu. 

To see the templates that have been developed for ACNM:
Login and click ADMIN>MANAGE DESIGN>TEMPLATES

==ACNM Pledge Campaigns==

The pledge form add-on enables you to place a pledge on a page with a form for people to sign the pledge by entering their name, email, state, and zip code. They may also choose to receive periodic updates from ACNM. 

'''How to Install the Pledge Form Add-On''' 

Click here for information on [[Installing Add-Ons]]. (The Add-On is named PLEDGE FORM.) 

'''How to Add the Pledge Form to a web page''' 

When you are on the web page where you would like the pledge form to appear and are logged on as an Administrator, you will select the EDIT option from the menu. Next, click the paper/pencil icon. This will take you to the Edit record for your page. On this screen put your cursor in the Copy box, click on the Add-on drop down menu and select Pledge Form. An image with the Contensive logo will appear in the Copy Box. Click OK at the top of the page to save the pledge form to your webpage. 

After you click OK, you will return to the webpage with the pledge form, where you will see the following: 

[[File:ACNM-PledgeForm.png]]

Click on the paper/pencil icon by the pledge name to edit the pledge text or to select the group for people who signed the form and also for people who chose to receive additional information. All fields are required to submit the form. The field “State” is a drop down of the US states; if the user clicks the link “Outside the US” the drop down provides a list of countries and the link changes to “Inside the US”. The “Privacy Policy" link goes to a content page containing the OMT privacy policy. 

Once the user clicks SUBMIT, a system email is sent to the “pledger” . You can edit the content of this email by logging in and going to ADMIN. Then click on MANAGE EMAIL, SYSTEM EMAIL, and then the paper/pencil icon for PLEDGE CAMPAIGN AUTO RESPONDER. You can edit the email text, subject, from address, notification send to address, and groups to receive the email. Click OK to save changes. 

When someone fills out the The Pledge form and clicks SUBMIT, the information collected is saved to fields in a people record and adds that user to the group specified in the CAMPAIGN RECORD. Next, a light box pops up to ask the user to share their pledge on Facebook, Twitter or email. The Facebook incorporated Open Graph tags to allow a graphical post of the pledge on the user’s timeline. The Facebook and Twitter links will use the following information: 

*The Link will be the URL or the page where the Pledge form is placed.
*The title and the description for the Facebook share will come from what you enter in the "Meta Content" tab for the page where the Pledge form is placed.

To change the campaign on a page, login and click on ADVANCED EDIT. Click on the WRENCH above the campaign name and choose the new campaign from the drop down in the CAMPAIGN field. Click UPDATE to save changes.

==ACNM Library Search==
The ACNM Library Search provides the ability to drop a search on a webpage for specific files for a specified combination of keyword, topic and/or category. To show up in the search, there must be a record saved in the ACNM Library2 Files. The files that will appear first in search results are those with keywords specified within the birth tool files and with the keyword in the title of the document. After those documents, any other documents with the search word in the content of the document will be displayed. 

To place the Library Search on a web page, go to the page, login and click edit. While editing the page, put your cursor in the copy box and select ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH from the Add-On drop down menu. Click OK to save changes. 

When you first place this add-on on a webpage, on the screen the user can type in a keyword and if they want they can choose a specific Category or Topic to narrow results. 

'''Adding Files to the Library Search Results''' 

In order to show up in the search results, the file must be added to the ACNM Library2 Files. You get to these files by logging in, clicking on ADMIN and then on ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH and finally ACNM LIBRARY2 FILES. This will display a list of all documents currently included in the search. To edit one of them, click the paper/pencil icon next to the file name. To add a new file, click ADD. 

You will then specify the name of the file. You can include a URL for a specific webpage to be included in the search or upload a file for a document that you want to include. When you upload a PDF file (after saving), the system will update the content of the record with the text from the pdf file within 1 minute. 

Next enter a description for the file, which will show up in the search results screen. 

Click on the META tab to select the Category, File Type and Topic for the document. Also, enter the keywords relevant to this document on this screen. 

Click OK when you are done to save changes. 

To add or edit the categories, file types or documents included in the drop down menus, login, click on ADMIN and then on ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE SEARCH. You will then click on one of the following, depending which item you want to edit: ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE CATEGORIES, ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE TOPICS, or ACNM LIBRARY2 FILE TYPES. To edit one of them, click the paper/pencil icon next to the file name. To add a new item, click ADD. You will then enter the name of the new category, topic or file type and click OK to save changes.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-08-03T16:37:34Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

*'''To set the Primary Contacts to be displayed on the FAA-0056 list:'''
The synch includes a background process that adds FAA list contacts to a group. If that user has a contact category type that matches their organization's, Organization Certification record's ship code. These ship codes or member codes can be AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry.

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the Membership Directory:'''
Admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-08-03T16:36:05Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

*'''To set the Primary Contacts to be displayed on the FAA-0056 list:'''
The synch includes a background process that adds FAA list contacts to a group. If that user has a contact category type that matches their organization's, Organization Certification record's ship code. These ship codes or member codes can be AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry.

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-07-25T15:50:20Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

*'''To set the Primary Contacts to be displayed on the FAA-0056 list:'''
The synch includes a background process that adds FAA list contacts to a group. If that user has a contact category type that matches their organization's, Organization Certification record's ship code. These ship codes or member codes can be AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-07-25T15:49:46Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

*'''To set the Primary Contacts to be displayed on the FAA-0056 list:'''
During the synch there is a background process that adds FAA list contacts to a group. If that user has a contact category type that matches their organization's, Organization Certification record's ship code. These ship codes or member codes can be AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-07-15T16:52:43Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

*'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
*'''To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization:''' admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-07-15T16:52:01Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

'''To set the Organization:'''
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization: admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization: admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-07-15T16:51:35Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

To set the Organization:
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization: admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization: admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2022-07-15T16:50:50Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard.

To set the Organization:
In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a MEMBER organization, admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the MEMB MAIN category and synch to Contensive.
To set the Primary Contact that is displayed on the ASA-100 list for a NON-member organization, admin should set the person record in Pentagon to the ASAAP3 category and synch to Contensive.

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Invoice Manager

2022-06-10T14:16:50Z

Admin: /* Bundling */

Invoice Manager provides the underlying framework for most online transactions, including Account Management, automated billing, account reporting, and asset reporting. It includes both automated and manual billing features. Other addon collections such as the Ecommerce Cart and Membership Manager use the common Invoice Manager framework to provide a consistent commerce and reporting interface.
==Getting Started==
To install Invoice Manager please contact Contensive.

To use Invoice Manager, go to the /admin backend and open tools in the Navigator. Click Invoice Manager to open.

To Add an account, click the Add button on the main account list page. Enter at least a unique account name and hit save. To modify an existing account, click on the account in the account list to screen see the account detail screen. Account features can be edited here, and more advanced features are accessible through the Edit link. Account contacts listed on the account detail screen can be selected from anyone associated with the account. To edit account contact details, click the edit next to the name.

== Terms ==
; Account : The entity with which transactions are made.
; Account user : A person listed in the Users tab of the Account screen. Everyone in this list receives account subscriptions.
; Account purchaser : An account user who can purchase online using the account's purchasing rights. This is controlled by setting the account drop-down in the person's record. All account purchasers should also be added to the account users list. The system will automatically, periodically add all purchasers to the account user's list.
; Account Terms : Days to Pay (for billing accounts only) -- this is the number of days after the purchase date that the customer has to pay.
; Account Transaction : A log that records previous transactions.
; Account Transaction Document : A list of Account Transactions exported as as one group.
; Anniversary Date : The anniversary date is the upcoming date which represents another year of membership. When the account pays for a membership invoice that covers a period beginning on or past the Anniversary Date, the Anniversary Date is automatically set to the next year and the account is added to the Membership Kit Fulfillment report. For example, if the Anniversary Date is 2/5/2010 and a membership invoice is paid which covers 2/1 to 2/28, the Anniversary Date does NOT change. In this case, the next invoice covering 3/1/2010 to 3/30/2010 would automatically change the Anniversary Date to 2/5/2011. Another example, if the Anniversary Date is 5/1/2012 and a membership invoice is paid that covers 5/1/2012 to 5/31/2012, then the Anniversary date DOES change because this invoice period begins on (or after) the Anniversary Date.
; Anonymous Account : Can be enabled in settings. When enabled, this account is used for anonymous purchases. This means if a component that uses ecommerce allows users to purchase without authenticating, those purchases will be tracked on the anonymous account. Users cannot access the account, it cannot hold payment options, and it cannot include subscriptions.
; Completed Order : An order that the customer has indicated is ready to purchase.
; Canceled Order : An unpaid order that is marked to cancel
; Cancellation Grace Period : Settable in Membership Settings, this is the number of days after the Grace Period that the account will remain expired and users will NOT have site privileges before the membership is cancelled, and membership invoices are cancelled.
; Certification : An ongoing process of maintaining a certified status for a field. Ecommerce provides a mechanism for maintaining certification in multiple fields.
; Certificate : A one-time achievement of successfully completing a course. Ecommerce provides a mechanism for providing certificates in multiple fields.
; Charged Through Date : This is the last date that has been charged to a subscription or membership. If the charge is paid, this is the last date that the subscription is valid. The subscription expires on the next day, which means the subscription is expired and cannot be used on the next day.
; Deferred Transactions : When an invoice is paid, an account transaction is created. If the item has been configured with a differed transaction, a payment transaction is created between revenue and the deferment G/L account and deferred transactions are created in the Account Deferred Transactions table with future dates. For each deferred transactions, on its date, it will be removed and an equivalent account transaction will be created. Items are configured to create deferred transactions by specifying the deferment account, the deferment date, and the number of deferment transactions needed. For instance, you can defer a meeting payment until the meeting date, or defer an annual membership payment to show membership income on a monthly basis.
; Due Date : when payment is expected.
; Expiration Date : The last date of the current membership's period. On the following day, this account will be expired if it is not renewed. The Grace Period starts on the day after the Expiration Date. The Cancellation Grace period starts the day after the Grace period. For example, if a membership expires on March 15th, the membership is valid on March 15th, and is expired on march 16th.
; Fulfillment : The process of delivering goods to the customer as a result of an order.
; Grace period : Settable in Membership Settings, this is the number of days after the account expires the users still have access to membership privileges. When the Grace Period is over, users will be removed from groups.
; Invoice : The document generated from an order record, generally unpaid.
; Invoice Date : the date that the order is billed.
; Items : Things that can be purchased.
; Join Date : The date when the account last purchased a membership type and previously had no membership type. If an account has no membership type, and one is purchased, this date is set. It is not set for renewing accounts. However, if a membership has been cancelled and then the account rejoins as a member, the Join Date is reset to the rejoin date and the expiration date will be set based on the membership period and the new join date.
; Membership Account : An account from Invoice Manager, that has a valid Membership Type set
; Membership Cancelled Date : This is the date that the account's membership was cancelled.
; Membership Request Cancellation Date : This is the date what the account has requested its membership should be cancelled.
; Membership Types : A membership type is a special case of an item. When purchased, the membership type is saved in the account record enabling membership features such as the subscription group. An account can only have one membership type at a time so purchasing another will change the account to the new membership type. If the membership type has a subscription type, a membership expiration and a subscription will be added to the account. If the subscription type is empty or perpetual, there will be no expiration date. This account subscription will be managed by the system to automatically renew the membership on the account's membership expiration date. In this case, the term of the new membership is determined by the membership type's subscription type, either periodic, calendar or perpetual.
; On-Demand Payment : This means the payment is required before services are fulfilled. on demand payments are credit card and e-check. An account with On-Demand payment method
; Order : represents a purchase in any stage of completion.
; Paid Order : A completed order that is paid
; Payment Method : Accounts are set to one of four possible payment methods, No-Payment, On-Demand, Bill and Fulfill Now (Credit), and Bill and Fulfill on Payment (Billing).
; Pay Method Compatibility : Some items are only compatible with some payment methods. Use it to manipulate the pay method used when purchasing this item. For instance, if an account is set to On-Demand and they purchase an item set as Allow Billing, then the invoice can be billed and fulfillment will occur when the item is paid.
<blockquote>
<ul>
<li>Any Method - (default) When an item is set to Any Method, the Pay Method used will be from the Account.</li>
<li>On-Demand If Available - If all items in the invoice are set to this method and the account has an on-demand method (credit card or echeck), the invoice will be paid with that method. Otherwise, the account's method will be used.</li>
<li>On-Demand Required - If any item in the invoice is set to this method, the invoice must be paid with an on-demand method</li>
<li>Billing Allowed - If all items in the invoice are set to this method, the invoice can be billed even though the account may be set to on-demand</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
; Payment Options : Payment options are the choices available for payment to users of an account. An account may have two credit cards on file. If a user of the account came online to purchase, they could choose from either of these payment options.
; Prebill Days : (for recurring purchases and billing accounts only ) -- this is the number of days before the purchase date that the recurring purchase is to be invoiced.
; Purchase Date : For credit card purchases, this is just the date of the purchase. For billing, this is the date that the purchase should take place. For instance, for a service, this is the date the service will start. For a membership, this is when the membership starts. For online purchases, this is the date of purchase. For recurring purchases with no pre-bill period this is the invoice date.
; Receipt : The document generated from an order record, generally paid.
; Subscription Item : An item that adds account users into a subscription group. The details of the subscription are configured in the subscriptions tab of the item, like if it expires and it is renews.
; Subscription Duration Days : The number of full days (midnight to midnight EST) granted for a subscription.
; Subscription Duration Months : The number of months granted for a subscription, starting at the next midnight.
; Subscription Renewal Notification : An email sent to On-Demand accounts in advance of a subscription renewal. This notification is optional.
; Subscriptions (a.k.a. Recurring Purchase) : Subscription items purchased by an account. A list of subscriptions is maintained for each account. A subscription is added when a subscription item is purchased. If a subscription includes a group, it is used to verify all account users are put in the group. A subscription can also initiate a new customer charge if the subscription item is marked to renew on expiration. If a subscription is cancelled, the user will be removed from the group and any outstanding invoices for the subscription item will be cancelled when housekeeping runs.

== Roles ==
; Administrator : The site user with administrator rights who configures and maintains the ecommerce system.
; User : Anyone with a record in the People table.
; Customer : The user who purchases online, creating an invoice, paying, etc.
; Account Primary Contact : The user selected as the contact for the account.
; Account Customers : Users with the account selected in the billing tab of their people record. These people can purchase online using the account.
; Billing Contact : The user selected in the Accounts Billing Contact. This user receives account notifications such as invoices and statements
; Carbon Copy Contact : (Optional) The user who receives a duplicate of all notifications.
; Ecommerce Contacts : Anyone added as either Account Primary Contact or Billing Contact is automatically added to a group with this name. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with this name will be created.
; Ecommerce Payment Problem : When a credit card fails, the account contacts are automatically added to a group with this name. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with this name will be created. When a credit card succeeds, the account contacts are removed from this group.
; Ecommerce Credit Card Contacts : All account contacts are added to this group if the account has a credit card. When a credit card succeeds, the account contacts are removed from this group. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with this name will be created.
; Ecommerce Administrator Group : In settings, you can select any group to be the ecommerce administrators group. People in this group receive notifications for the ecommerce system. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with the name "Ecommerce Administrators" will be created and selected.

== How-To ==
These are typical procedures that help with general tasks.

===How to Set Up a Payment Processor===
On-Demand payments are processed directly to a payment processor with either a credit card or echeck. To setup which payment processor to use:
# Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER, SETTINGS.
# Click on the ONLINE PAYMENTS tab.
# For STRIPE, select STRIPE PAYMENT PROCESSING from the SELECT PROCESSOR ADDON field drop down.
# For the other payment processors available (Verisign, Authorizenet, YourPay, My Virtual Merchant, Paypal), select the desired one from the LEGACY PAYMENT PROCESSOR MODE field.
# For the selected payment processor, click on the tab that corresponds with the processor name.
# In the STRIPE tab, you would check the TEST field if you are in test mode and enter the information received from Stripe for Test Secret Key, Test Publishable Key, Live Secret Key, and Live Publishable Key
# In the VERISIGN tab you will enter the server name, transaction type, tender type, verisign user name and password, vendor name and partner.
# In the AUTHORIZENET tab you will check or uncheck TEST MODE and enter the server name, user name, Authorizednet version, transaction type, check delimit request string, delimiting character, response URL, transaction key, echeck type.
# In the YOURPAY tab you will enter the server name, server port, key local fiel path, store key and type of transaction.
# In the MYVIRTUALMERCHANT tab you will enter the server name, check/uncheck test mode, enter type of transaction, merchant ID, merchant user ID and merchant pin.
# To enable PayPal, in the ONLINE PAYMENTS tab, you will check the box next to INCLUDE PAYPAL BUTTON and enter the PayPal Businees Name, post URL and currency code. You can also check the PayPal Test Mode box with the test URL and test business name.
#When you are done setting up the payment processor, click OK to save changes.

===How to Add New Items===
Items are products and services purchased.
# Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
# Click the DATA tab at the top of the screen.
# Click on ITEMS.
# Click ADD at the top of the screen.
# Go through each tab to set the item up. [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Invoice_Manager#Managing_Items_and_Item_Categories Click for More Information on Managing Items]
# To enable an email upon purchase of an item, compose the email in [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Managing_Email System Email] and then in the item's PURCHASE tab, select the email from the "System Email Sent on Purchase" field. Click OK to save.
# To enable an email upon renewal of an item, compose the email in [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Managing_Email System Email] and then in the item's SUBSCRIPTION tab, select the email from the "System Email Sent on Renew" field. Click OK to save.

===How to setup Subscription Renewal Notifications===
A subscription renewal notifications can be sent optionally to accounts before subscription items are renewed.
# Renewal notifications are sent to the billing contact of an accounts. Go to account details and verify the billing contact is selected and has a valid email address.
# Go to ecommerce settings, notifications tab and set the Subscription Renewal Notification Period to the number of days ahead of charging you want to notify the user. Leave blank to disable notifications
# Also in the Notifications tab, set the email body you would like to send. The following text will be replaced when the email is sent:
#* $item$ is replaced with the name of the subscription item
#* $name$ is replaced with the name of the billing contact
# Go to the subscription tab of the item and verify Send Renewal Notification is checked.
# The renewal notification is only sent once during the renewal phase, so verify the subscriptions Date of Last Renewal Notice is either blank, or set to a period prior to the current renewal cycle.

===How to create a link directly to Subscriptions or Profile?===
Create a link alias for the page that contains the My Account addon. In this example we will assume /MyAccount is the link alias you created, so the link to the my account addon page will be http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount .

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?profile will take the user to the profile form

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?subscriptions will take the user to the manage subscriptions form

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?payment will take the user to the payment form

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?history will take the user to the account history form

===How to apply a credit memo===
A credit memo is reversal of a charge and not a payment. Create an invoice when a service is rendered. Create a payment when the customer pays for an invoice. If the service was never rendered, you can cancel the invoice. But if the service was partially rendered and you need to return part of the invoice you have two options, either cancel the invoice and create a new invoice for the corrected service, or create a credit memo that reverses the undelivered portion of the invoice.

You apply the credit memo at the time the remainder of the invoice is paid. So if you create an invoice for $100 for services rendered, then only deliver $60 worth of the services, you can create a credit memo for $40. When the customer pays the $60, go to the Manual Payments tool, enter the payment of $60 and apply it to the $100 invoice and the $40 Credit memo.

===How to set up Promotional Discounts===
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click the DATA tab and then PROMOTIONAL DISCOUNTS.
#Click ADD to add a new one or click on an existing one to edit it.
#In the DETAILS tab enter the NAME of the discount, the CODE to enter to receive the discount
#In the DISCOUNT % tab enter the percentage discount that applies to items in an order.
#In the DISCOUNT VOUCHER tab enter the "Original Amount" which is the total amount of the voucher. Then as this amount is applied, the field for "Amount Spent" will be updated to reflect the value that has been spent from the Original Amount. Once the Amount Spent equals the Original Amount there is no further discount applied.
#If there is a Discount and Voucher entered for a Promotional Discount Code, the percent will be applied, then the voucher amount will be applied. On the invoice in the account, there will be an italicized descriptive line to detail the percentage or discount amount applied to that invoice.
#In the ITEMS tab, check APPLIES TO ALL ITEMS or check the specific items that get the discount.
#Click OK to save changes.

===How to set up Sales Tax===
To set up a sales tax for any state where it is required for a business:
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click the DATA tab and then STATES.
#Find the state you want to edit and click the paper/pencil icon next to it.
#In the SALES TAX PERCENTAGE field, enter the sales tax for the state (for a rate of 5% enter 5).
#Click OK to save changes.

===How to add a new account===
Login and go to ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
Click ADD at the top of the ACCOUNT LIST.
Type in the ACCOUNT NAME and click OK.

Go to account list in INVOICE MANAGER.
Find the new account and open it.
In the ORGANIZATIONS tab add the organization associated with the account.
Then in the DETAILS tab you will see a list of all people associated with the organization in the PRIMARY CONTACT and BILLING CONTACT fields. Select one in each field and also set up the CHARGE METHOD, BILLING TERMS and NOTIFICATION METHOD. Click SAVE.

===How to set a credit limit===
If an account's Charge Method is set to Bill and Fulfill Now, you must set up a credit limit in the Account.
Enter the amount of credit in the Credit Limit field on the Account Details screen and click SAVE.
Note: If the field has 0 or is blank then the account will have no credit available. The outstanding credit will be the credit limit minus any balance remaining on outstanding unpaid invoices.

===Create Manual Invoice===
To create a manual invoice, login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERECE, INVOICE MANAGER. 
Next select the TOOLS tab and click on CREATE INVOICE. 

Here you will select the account, give the invoice a title (for internal use only), choose payment type, what to do if the credit card fails, and set a shipping charge (optional). 
You will also be able to include a custom message on the invoice when it is unpaid and after it is paid. 
Finally you will select an item and quantity, or you can enter an item description and price for something not currently in the system. 
Click CREATE INVOICE to generate the invoice.

===Creating Manual Charges or Credits===
Then select CREATE CREDIT MEMO, CREATE ACCOUNT CHARGE or CREATE MANUAL INVOICE. In each case you will select the account from the drop down menu. In each case you will enter the amount and all other information requested. Click the "CREATE" button at the bottom of the screen to create the desired charge or credit.

Here you can enter a custom message in the UNPAID INVOICE MESSAGE and PAID INVOICE MESSAGE fields. When you open the invoice, you will see the messages you created.

You can also use the TOOLS tab to process a batch of pending transactions by clicking on PROCESS BATCH.

===How to Close Accounts===
Click on the MANAGE ADD-ONS folder. Next click on the MEMBERSHIP MANAGER folder and then click on MEMBERSHIP MANAGER. From here you will click on the INVOICE MANAGER tab. You will see a list of all accounts or only open accounts if you check the OPEN ONLY box. To close any accounts, click the check box by the account name and click on CLOSE ACCOUNT from the menu.

===Sending Manual Invoices or Statements.===
If you need to send a manual invoice or statement, click on the MANAGE ADD-ONS folder. Next click on the MEMBERSHIP MANAGER folder and then click on MEMBERSHIP MANAGER. From here you will click on the INVOICE MANAGER tab. Next click on the NAME of the account and the PURCHASE HISTORY tab for that account. Click on the box next to any invoices you want to send and then click SEND INVOICES. If you want to send a statement, which shows all outstanding charges for the account, click the SEND STATEMENT button.

If you need to send statements to multiple accounts, click on ECOMMERCE and then INVOICE MANAGER. Place a check in the box next to all accounts you want to receive a statement. Next click SEND STATEMENTS.

===How to change an account primary or billing contact.===
Open invoice manager, locate the account in the list and click the edit icon. On the details tab are select lists for the account primary contact and the account billing contact. Choose someone from this list and click save.

These select lists include everyone in the users' tab for the account plus the person currently selected in the drop-down. That means if you select someone and later they are removed from the users' list, they will remain in the contact list until you select a replacement.

===How to add someone to the account primary or billing contact.===
Open invoice manager, locate the account in the list and click the edit icon. Go to the User's tab and verify the person has been added to the account. If they have not, click the add button and add them to the users list and click save.

On the details tab are select lists for the account primary contact and the account billing contact. Choose someone from this list and click save.

===How to remove someone from an account.===
There are four possible associations between a person and an account that should be verified.
# If they are the primary or billing contact, you must select someone else.
# If they are an individual member, you must remove them from the account on the account's User page.
# If they are a company member, you have to edit their people record and change (or remove) the organization.
# In rare cases, they may be configured to purchase online with the account. Change their billing account in their people record in the billing tab.

Open invoice manager, locate the account in the list and click the edit icon. If the person is the billing or primary contact, select a replacement and click save.

Go to the User's tab and locate the person. Click edit to open the person's People record. Verify their organization is set correctly (remove from the account's organization if necessary). On the Billing tab, verify the Account is selected correctly (remove from the account if necessary).

Click OK on the people record should return you to the invoice manager page. If not, go to invoice manager and select the account.

Go to the user's tab. If the person was an individual user (associated to the account as an individual not as a company employee), you can remove them by checking the box next to their name and clicking Remove Selected User.

=== How to Manage Your Account Profile in My Account===
The Account Profile page stores your name, email, password, phone and photo. Click on the person icon to change any of those account fields. Click SAVE when you are done.

=== How to Manage Groups In My Account ===
You can manage various group types through My Account.

====First set up Group Type====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, GROUP TYPES.
#Click ADD to add a new group type or click the paper/pencil icon to edit a group type.
#In the DETAILS tab, enter a name for your group type, such as Committees.
#In the MY ACCOUNT tab, check INCLUDE IN MY ACCOUNT to allow people to join this group type in MY ACCOUNT.
#If there is an expiration time period for this group, set the EXPIRATION METHOD as Periodic (set the # of days or months) or Calendar (set a specific day and month each year).
#Click OK to save changes.

====Next set up the Groups====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click MANAGE USERS, GROUPS.
#Click ADD to add a new group or click the paper/pencil icon to edit a group.
#Enter the group NAME and CAPTION (such as Safety Committee) and select the GROUP TYPE if any.
#Check the box next to the field "Allow Public Join".
#Click OK to save changes.

====Set up Notifications for Group Joins====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click MANAGE EMAIL and SYSTEM EMAIL.
#Open the email named GROUP JOIN NOTIFICATION EMAIL.
#Go to the SEND TO GROUPS tab.
#Click on the name of the group you want to be notified every time someone joins a group through My Account.
#Click OK to save changes.

When a user clicks on MY ACCOUNT, they can click on the Manage Groups icons to join any group that is marked as "Allow Public Join". To join a specific group, they wll click on the check box next to that group and click SAVE. When anyone joins a new group, a notification email is sent to the group specified in the Group Join Notification email.

=== How to Manage Online Payments In My Account ===
Click the $ icon to get to this page. The Online Payments page shows current invoices outstanding. On this page you can choose to pay one or more invoices by selecting the invoices you wish to pay and then entering credit card information and clicking MAKE PAYMENT.

=== How to Manage Updating Payment Information in My Account ===
Click on the credit card icon to get to this page. The Update Payment Information page is where you can store and edit information about your payment methods, including credit cards and online checks (if enabled). Click ADD to add a new payment method, and click on a payment method to edit any information included about that payment type. Click SAVE when you are done adding or changing information.

=== How to Search Account History in My Account ===
Click on the clock icon to get to the Account History page, which shows information about all of your previous invoices and payments.

=== How to Manage Staff in My Account ===
Click on the people icon to manage staff if you are authorized to perform this function. You can add new users by clicking on ADD USER or edit existing users by selecting them and clicking UPDATE. After you add or edit users, click SAVE to store your changes. You can also delete users from your account by checking the box next to their name and clicking UPDATE. This action will also delete the user's People Record from the system.

=== How to Manage Organizations in My Account ===
Click on the organization icon to update organization information if you are authorized to perform this function. You can update the company name, address, phone number, web, email or annual revenue amount. You can also upload a new logo. After you add or edit information, click CLOSE to store your changes. NOTE: This section is only visible if the account has organizations associated with it.

=== How to Manage Certificates and Certifications in My Account ===
Click on the Certification icon to update CEU credits for a specific certificate or certification. 
'''NOTE: In order for the Certifications/Certificate icon to appear under My Account, the box must be checked next to the field "Include Certifications" in the My Account tab of Ecommerce Settings.'''

 
==== How to Add New Certificates or Certification Types ====
*Login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE.
*If there is not yet an item set up for your certificate or certification, then follow instructions below; otherwise proceed to the next step in the process.
**Click ITEMS and ADD.
**Enter the ITEM NAME in the Name field.
**In the Catalog tab make sure "Appears in Catalog" is NOT checked and Category is set to NONE.
**In the GL field set the "General Ledger Post method to INCOME.
**In the Pricing field set the price in the "Regular Price" field.
**Click OK to save the item.

*After you have an item set up, select either the Certificate Type or Certification Types table.
*Click ADD to add a new record or click the paper/pencil icon to edit an existing record.
*Add the Certificate or Certification Name, the Required CECs and the Item; for CERTIFICATIONS also enter # of years the certification is valid and Designation (suffix added to user name in SUFFIX field with this certification).
*'''For certificates, upload a PDF of the certificate.'''
*At this point all users will see the certificates that have been entered; certifications must be entered for each user as outlined in the next section.
*Click OK to save changes.

====How to Add New Certifications====
*Login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE.
* Then select the Certifications table.
*Click ADD to add a new record or click the paper/pencil icon to edit an existing record.
*Add the Certification Name (just enter the first and last name of the user and you can also add the name of the certification type here).
*Select the Certification Type, and add the Member ID (from the user record), Date Certified, Date Recertification is necessary and Paid Order ID (if they have already paid).
*Click OK to save changes.

====The Certificate/Certification Dashboard====
*The CEC Manager dashboard page shows a list of a specific user's certificates and certifications and their current status. 
*Certifications show:
**Certification Name
**Date Certified
**Recertification Date
**Required CECs
**Actual CECs
*A button to add CECs, and if all CECs are completed a button to Pay

Note: If CEC requirements are not met and/or payment is not completed by the recertification date, then the button will say CONTACT ADMIN and the certification will be flagged as suspended.

*Certificates show:
**Certificate Name
**Required CECs
**Actual CECs
*A button to add CECs, and if all CECs are completed a button to PAY. Once payment is made the button will say Print Certificate.

'''NOTES:'''
*The "Actual CEUs" column is calculated by the system.
*The Certificate and Certifications list is linkable to the details about that certificate/certification

==== How to Add CECs====
*To add CEC credits, the user will click on the ADD CECs button next to current certificates or certifications or click on the certificate or certification name.
*This takes the user to a screen where they can upload supporting documents and enter:
**Event Name
**Event Location
**Event Sponsor
**Event Date
**Calculated CECs (round to nearest quarter hour)
*Click FINISH when you are done or ADD ANOTHER to continue adding credits.
'''NOTE: Information entered on this screen will update the Actual CECs for the applicable certificate/certification; credits will be based on a 60-minute hour. This means that a 60 minute workshop will equal 1.00 CE credit and a 75-minute workshop will equal 1.25 CE credits, etc.'''

==== How to Find and Manage Suspended and Cancelled Certifications====
*To see any suspended certifications, login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
*Click the Reports tab and then click Suspended Certifications Report
*There is a list of all user names, certification types, recertification date and reason for suspension.
*Here the admin can click APPROVE to remove the user from the Suspended Certifications Report and automatically update their recertification date or to click CANCELLED to cancel the certification.

==== System Emails Associated with Certificates and Certifications ====
'''Certificates''' 
1. '''''Certificate Approved Notification:''''' When a user surpasses the number of CECs required and pays for the certificate this email is sent to the user and the certifying organization is notified.
 
 
'''Certifications''' 
1. '''''Certification Approved Notification:''''' When a user surpasses the number of CECs required and pays for the certification this email is sent to the user and the certifying organization is notified. 
2. '''''Certification Suspended Notification:''''' When the recertification date passes for a certification and the user has not met the number of CECs required and/or has not paid for the recertification this email is sent to the user and certifying organization. 
3. '''''Certification Cancelled Notification:''''' When the certifying organization marks a suspended certification as cancelled this email is sent to the user and certifying organization. 
4. '''''Certification Upcoming Notification:''''' When a certification has 6 months left until the recertification date this email is sent to the user and certifying organization. 

==== How to Import Certifications From a CSV file====
'''The CSV file must contain the following columns'''
*1. FirstName
*2. LastName
*3. Email
*4. Program
*5. RecertificationDeadline
*6. Designation
 
'''NOTE: If you are uploading certifications with a new certification type, you must first add the Certification Type to the Certification Types table. See section above "How to Add New Certificates or Certification Types" for instructions on adding new certifications.'''
 

'''Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, WIZARDS, IMPORT WIZARD'''
*1. Select to upload a new file or use a file already uploaded and click CONTINUE
*2. Select the file in the next step and click CONTINUE
*3. Select ImportCertifications in the field "Import into an existing content table" and click CONTINUE
*4. On the "Create a New Mapping" window select the following fields in the IMPORTED FIELD next to the matching DATABASE FIELD and click CONTINUE:
1-FirstName
2-LastName
3-Email
4-Program
5-RecertificationDeadline
6-Designation
7-dateCertified
*5. In the "Update Control" window select the button "Insert all imported data, regardless of key field" and click CONTINUE
*6. On the "Finish" screen, enter your email address and click FINISH.

'''Once the CSV file is uploaded into the ImportCertifications table'''
*1. Go to Manage Add-ons, Ecommerce and select the Import Certification table
*2. Verify all fields are populated.

'''Go to Tools, and select the Certification Import Tool, then click IMPORT'''

'''When complete the words your import is complete will display'''

'''Open certification type table, verify the new certification type is entered'''

'''Open the certifications table, verify the new certifications are entered'''

'''Open the people table, Verify the people are entered with the new designation'''

=== How to Merge Duplicate Accounts ===
*Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
*Click on the TOOLS tab and then ACCOUNT MERGE.
*Select the SOURCE ACCOUNT (the duplicate account).
*Select the DESTINATION ACCOUNT (the account you want to keep).
*Click MERGE.
*Manually verify that the destination account has membership correctly configured by editing the account record and verifying Membership Type, Membership Status, Expiration, Join and Anniversary.
*Manually close the source account.

'''''NOTE: This tool merges members and accounting transactions from the source account to the destination account. Account information like contacts, membership details, etc. are not changed. When complete, the membership settings should be reviewed manually and the source account should be closed.'''''

=== How to Set Up Membership Dependencies ===
These instructions are for accounts, your organization will bill one account, but will have multiple organizations in that account. There will also be accounts for each of these organizations, which will not be billed and whose membership is dependent on the master account.

====Add Organizations to the Master Account====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click on TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Select the master account (such as Daseke Inc.) and click on the name to open the account.
#Click on the ORGANIZATIONS tab in that account.
#Click the ADD button and then select the organization you want to add to the current account.
#Click ADD again to complete the process.

====Keep Accounts for each dependent organization with a membership expiration date far in the future====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click on TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click on the DATA tab and then select ACCOUNTS.
#Find a dependent account and open the record by clicking on the paper/pencil icon next to it.
#Click on the MEMBERSHIP tab.
#In the MEMBERSHIP DEPENDENCY field, select the name of the master account (such as Daseke Inc.).
#Delete the Expiration Date.
#Click OK to save changes.
#Click on TOOLS, MEMBERSHIP MANAGER.
#On the ACCOUNT LIST, find the account you just edited and click on the name.
#Click on the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab, and make sure the subscription is for the correct membership and that it does not expire.
#Click OK to save changes.
#If there are any division memberships in the account click the checkbox next to them and click DELETE SUBSCRIPTION. Put the division membership subscriptions in the master Daseke account.

====Adding New Organizations and Setting them up as Part of a Master Account====
#Login and click MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS.
#Click ADD and enter all organization information; click OK to save the new organization.
#Follow instructions above for adding the organization to the master account.
 
NOTE: If you need to add a new organization, you will click on MANAGER USERS, ORGANIZATIONS and then click ADD. After filling out all information for the organization, click OK. Next time you go to the master account, this organization will show up in the organization drop down menu. Do not select anything in the PARENT ORGANIZATION field in the organization record; the dependency is set in the account record.

====Adding a New Placeholder Account for the New Organization====
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click ADD.
#In the DETAILS tab, enter the account name.
#In the MEMBERSHIP tab, select the MEMBERSHIP TYPE and the MEMBERSHIP DEPENDENCY (the master account).
#Enter the Join Date.
#Click OK to save the new account.
#From the Invoice Manager Account List, open the new account.
#Click on the Organizations tab.
#Click the ADD button and then select the organization you want to add to the current account.
#Click ADD again to complete the process.

====Removing an Organization from the Master Account====
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Find the master account in the ACCOUNT LIST and click on the name.
#Click on the ORGANIZATIONS tab.
#Click on the checkbox next to the organization you want to remove and click on REMOVE FROM ACCOUNT.
#Next click on the ACCOUNTS tab at the top of the page.
#Find the placeholder account for that organization and click on the checkbox next to the account name.
#Click on the CLOSE ACCOUNT button

NOTE: If you need to add a new organization, you will click on MANAGER USERS, ORGANIZATIONS and then click ADD. After filling out all information for the organization, click OK. Next time you go to the master account, this organization will show up in the organization drop down menu.

 
'''NOTE: Setting up membership dependencies will enable automatic cancellation of any accounts set to be dependent on another account if the account selected in the MEMBERSHIP DEPENDENCY field is cancelled.'''

=== How to Manage the Rejoin Process ===
If a membership account is cancelled and the company decides to rejoin at a later date, the Join Date will be reset to the date of the rejoin. The expiration date will be set to the time period specified in the membership starting with the rejoin date.

=== How to Add a Gift Card to an Account ===
To add a gift card to an account open to "Account Manager" and click on the account where you want to add the gift card.

#At the bottom where "payment choices" are click "add" link.
#This will open the "Account Autopay Options" click on the tab for "Gift Card".
#This will open the fields for Gift card. Enter a "Redeem Code". This will be assigned to the account so the user doesn't have to know it. It should not be something that can easily be guessed such as a random series of numbers
#If you want the "card" to expire enter the date or leave it blank if it never expires.
#Enter the current balance you want for the gift card. The amount spent will update as the card is used. The account user can use the "gift card" for payment up until the amount spent is equal to the original balance.

The account user can select the radio for "Select Saved Gift Card" in the payment portion and then choose the option(s) of cards available to them just as they would a saved Credit card. When submitting the gift card as payment it will update the "amount spent" field. If the balance is less than the card amount it will apply the remaining balance and the user must then select another payment method to complete the transaction.

== References ==

===Pay Method Compatibility===

The chart below shows how an account will be charged based on the Pay Method Compatibility set in the items being purchased and the Pay Method set for the account making the purchase. 

For example, if an account is set to require on-demand payment, but all items being purchased by the account are set to allow billing, then the account can be billed for those items. 

On the other hand, if an account is set to allow billing, but even one item being purchased by the account on a specific invoice is set to Require On-Demand, then that invoice will have to be paid on-demand at the time of purchase and cannot be billed for later payment. 

[[File:Pay_Method_Compatibility_Chart.png]]

===Purchase Process===
; Join Date : The date when a membership or subscription first becomes effective. It is the first full date following the purchase. If the purchase takes place at 5pm on the 14th, the subscription starts at payment, but the join date becomes the next full date, the 15th.
; Bill Date : The date the invoice is created.
; Effective Purchase Date : The date when the purchase should take place. For example, if you buy a monthly subscription that starts on the 15th of the month, that means the join date was the 15th. The expiration date will be the 14th of the next month and the effective purchase date for the renewal is the 15th.
; Invoice Date : When the invoice is sent. For subscriptions this is the effective Purchase Date minus the prebill period. If Prebill days is 1, the invoice is sent one day before the effective purchase date.
; Expiration Date : The last day of the subscription period.
; Invoice Due Date : The day invoice payment is requested. For subscriptions, this is the effective purchase date plus the account terms.

=== Settings ===
To specify settings for the Invoice Manager, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER and then click on the SETTINGS tab. Here you specify days allowed to pay invoices, days in advance to pre-bill certain accounts, setup for faxed invoices and information about who receives notification at your organization about any ecommerce transactions.

====Setting up a Test Credit Card====
Log in and go to ADMIN. Click on ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER and then click on the SETTINGS tab. Go to the TESTING tab and enter a number in the Test Credit Card Number field; click OK to save changes. This number will enable you to complete online purchases without going through the payment processor. When making a test purchase on the website, you will enter this number in the credit card number field and then choose anything for credit card type, CVV and card holder name; also make sure you enter a future date in the expiration date field.

====Notifications====
Email notifications can be sent for several purposes
<blockQuote>
====Paid Order Notification====
To receive a copy of every receipt (paid order), add your user record to the group selected in the notification tab in Settings called "Paid Order Notification Group"
====Placed Order Notification====
To receive a copy of every order as it is placed, add your user record to the group selected in the notification tab in Settings called "Placed Order Notification Group"
====Denied Payment Notification====
Denied payment notices are sent to customers when their On Demand payment method fails during a batch process. In the Notifications tab of Settings, you can customize the text in emails sent for denied payments and late notices.
====Late Notice Notification====
Late notice notifications are sent when Invoices (unpaid orders) go beyond the Payment Due date. In the Notifications tab of Settings, you can customize the text in emails sent for denied payments and late notices.
====Fulfillment Notification====
Fulfillment notifications are sent when a purchase is ready to send, and would typically be sent to the individual responsible for sending the items purchased. Each item includes in its fulfillment tab a checkbox to enable fulfillment notification and a group to be used for the email. To receive fulfillment notification, set an item to a fulfillment group, enable the items fulfillment notification, and add yourself to the group.
====Billing Fulfillment Notification====
In addition to the Fulfillment notification, you can also have a notification sent to the ecommerce Administrators when an order is ready to fulfill. To receive the billing fulfillment notification, enter a custom message in the Fulfillment tab of each item.
</blockQuote>

===Pay Methods===
Pay Methods are four basic ways to process charges. Accounts are configured to use one of these methods, based on your credit with them. The default is Pay on Demand. 

* No Payment Necessary - All orders will be automatically paid as $0
* Pay on Demand - A payment is needed at the time of the purchase. For online purchases, an Pay-on-Demand account will receive a credit card or online check form. For batch purchases, a credit card or echeck must be saved in the account.
* Bill and fulfill on payment - Send a bill to the account. Fulfill (ship) the order when payment received
* Bill and fulfill now - Send a bill but ship the order now

===Pay Options===
Pay Options are the choices offered to customers online, and are created by the administrator. Each Pay Option includes a Pay Method which describes how the payment will be processed if selected. Online customers will only see the options that apply to them, based on their account settings.

* Pay Option set to No Payment - only available if account is set to no payment. if your account is set to No Payment, then all invoices are processed without payment and fulfillment is applied appropriately.
* Pay Option set to Pay on demand - available to everyone. If the account is setup Pay On Demand, then you must submit a payment at the time the order to be completed.
* Pay Option set to Bill and fulfill on payment - If the account is set to Bill and Fulfill on payment, then when you complete your order, an invoice is generated and sent to the billing contact. When payment is made, the fulfillment process is triggered and your order is shipped (or fulfilled appropriately)
* Pay Option set to Bill and fulfill now - If the account is set to Bill and Fulfill now, then when you complete your order, an invoice is generated and sent to the billing contact and the fulfillment process is triggered to ship your order.

=== On-Demand Payments===
On-Demand payments are processed directly to a payment processor with either a credit card or echeck.

<blockquote>
====Supported Payment Processors====
; Authorizenet : We implement Payment Transactions (formerly AIM). To setup Authorizenet you must first have an authorizenet account. The follow the following steps.
# Select AuthorizeNet in the Online Payments Tab of Ecommerce Settings
# Go to the AuthorizeNet tab and set the server (typically https://secure.authorize.net/gateway/transact.dll)
# set Login ID : From the AuthorizeNet Settings page. The username for your account, typically a cryptic alphanumeric string around 10 characters long.
# set Transaction Key : From the AuthorizeNet Settings page. A key unique to each AuthorizeNet Store, typically a cryptic alphanumeric string around 16 characters long.
# The following defaults are preset:
#* x_version=3.1
#* x_relay_response=False
#* x_delim_data=True
#* x_delim_char=,
; Your Pay : See http://www.yourpay.com. Set the Ecommerce Settings page, Online Payments tab to 'Your Pay', then fill out the specific settings in the respective settings tab.
; My Virtual Merchant : See http://www.myvirtualMerchant.com. Set the Ecommerce Settings page, Online Payments tab to 'My Virtual Merchant', then fill out the specific settings in the respective settings tab.
; Sage Payment Services : See http://www.sage.com. Set the Ecommerce Settings page, Online Payments tab to 'Sage', then fill out the specific settings in the respective settings tab.
; PayPal Buy Now Online Payments : Using PayPal Buy Now buttons, when a user pays they are taken to the PayPal site to make payments directly to your PayPal account. The PayPal servers then notify your website and the charges are marked as paid. To setup PayPal Buy Now, follow these steps:
# In Ecommerce Settings, Go to the online payments tab and enable PayPal Buttons
# Enter your PayPal business name
; Manual : Accept online credit card transaction and process manually
; Verisign : This is a legacy system and is beign deprecated

====Credit Card Payments ====

====Echeck Payments (ACH) ====
Echecks are treated as an On Demand payment, just like credit cards. If you have EChecks configured, the online payment form will automatically include an option to pay by credit card or online check.

An account configured for On-Demand payments can be configured to pay by Echeck as well as credit card for manual invoices or recurring purchases.

To configure online check payment:
* Go to the Invoice Manager
* Click settings in the menu to see the settings page
* Click the Online Payments tab to open the online payment options
* You must select a processor that supports online checks, currently that is only Authorizenet
* Check the Allow EChecks checkbox
*Click OK to Save
</blockquote>

===Purchase Process Settings===
The purchase process involves adding items to an order, completing and order to create an invoice, paying an invoice to create a receipt, and fulfilling an order.

The terms used to describe these are defined in the terms section and an example follows

Example:
recurring annual membership, expires January 31 
prebill set to 30 days 
days to pay set to 10 days 
Purchase Date = February 1 
Invoice Date = January 2 (30 days before the purchase date) 
Date Due = February 11 (10 days after the Purchase Date) 

===Invoice Settings===
The system creates invoices based on Invoice Templates, editable through the Data tab in Invoice Manager. You can have as many invoice templates as you need, and each account can be assigned to either the default invoice, or a custom invoice. 

'''''NOTE: When you first install Invoice Manager on a site, you must create an invoice and view it in order to generate the default invoice template.'''''

; Invoice Email Subject : For manual invoices, this is the Invoice Title. For invoices sent from recurring purchases and online purchases, the subject line is either "Invoice #1234" or "Receipt for paid Invoice #1234", where 1234 represents the invoice number.

When invoices are generated, special words in the invoice template are replaced with their respective values. They are as follows:
<blockquote>
; $rootUrl$ : The url to the domain that generated the invoice (no trailing slash). For background processes it returns https:// plus the first domain in the domain list. ex. https://www.contensive.com
; $invoiceNumber$ : The order number
; $invoiceGuid$ : The guid for the order
; $invoiceDate$ : The date of the actual purchase
; $accountNumber$ : The internal account number used for Invoice Manager. This is the column ID on the Account List
; $legacyAccountNumber$ : If value populated in the Legacy Account Number field for each account record
; $invoiceTax$ : The tax charge on the order
; $invoiceShipping$ : The shipping charge on the order
; $invoiceShippingType$ : The shipping type selected during ordering
; $itemTotalAmount$ : to total due for this order

; $billName$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account. The account billing contact is the information in the billing tab of the person selected as the billing contact for the account. If the billing contact is not included, alternatives are used in the following order: account billing person's main address, account primary contact's billing information, account primary contact's main address
; $billEmail$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billFax$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billCompany$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billAddress1$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billAddress2$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billCityStateZip$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account, Bill City, State and Zip fields
; $billFullAddress$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account

; $billOrgName$ : the name of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgAddress1$ : the address line 1 of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgAddress2$ : the address line 2 of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgCity$ : the city of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgState$ : the state of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgCountry$ : the country of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgZip$ : the zip of the organization set in the account's billing contact

; $contactName$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account. The account primary contact is the information in the main tab of the person selected as the primary contact for the account. If the primary contact is not included, alternatives are used in the following order: account primary person's main address, account billing contact's main information, account billing contact's billing address
; $contactEmail$" : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactFax$" : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactCompany$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactAddress1$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactAddress2$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactCityStateZip$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactFullAddress$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account

; $contactOrgName$ : the name of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgAddress1$ : the address line 1 of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgAddress2$ : the address line 2 of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgCity$ : the city of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgState$ : the state of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgCountry$ : the country of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgZip$ : the zip of the organization set in the account's primary contact

; $shipName$ : The shipping contact stored in the invoice record. The ship address should be populated during the order process from the customer's shipping address. The customer in this case is the person filling out the form. If not available the account primary's shipping address populates the invoice.
; $shipFirstName$ : The shipping contact's first name stored in the invoice record that is populated during the order process from the customer's shipping address.
; $shipLastName$ : The shipping contact's last name stored in the invoice record that is populated during the order process from the customer's shipping address.
; $shipEmail$" : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipFax$" : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipCompany$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipAddress1$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipAddress2$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipCityStateZip$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipFullAddress$ : the invoice's shipping information

; $accountBalanceBeforeInvoice$ : The balance on the account before the order was completed. This amount only reflects the balance at the time of the invoice and should ONLY be used if the invoice will be send only once. As the account is padi, this amount is NOT updated.
$accountBalanceAfterInvoice$ : Similar to accountBalanceBeforeInvoice
; $amountDue$ : the balance to be paid on the invoice. If the invoice is paid, this amount is $0.00
; $paymentComment1$ : The first payment comment sent to the payment processor with the order
; $paymentComment2$ : The second payment comment sent to the payment processor with the order
; $terms$ : the account terms.
; $paymentDetail$" : This reflects the payment status of the invoice, like Paid.
; $dueDate$ : the due date for the invoice, calculated based on the account terms.
; $invoiceTotal$ : The total for this invoice
</blockquote>

The display of each line item of the invoice depends on the following
<blockquote>
* The quantity and item description
* If the invoice is a manual invoice, the description can be manually entered
* If the item has no charge, it may be configured to hide the invoice line
* if the item is part of a bundled set of items, the bundled items may be hidden with a setting on the bundling item
* if the line is created with a recurring purchase, it includes the period of time covered by the recurring purchase.
</blockquote>

===General Ledger Transaction Exporting===
The system maintains a General Ledger account list and General Ledger Transaction table solely for the purpose of exporting transactions.

; General Ledger Accounts : General ledger Accounts are a simple list of Account Names and Numbers setup in the system that should match those in the receiving system. After setting-up General Ledger Accounts, go to Ecommerce Settings, to the GL tab and verify each of the hard-coded GL Accounts are set as needed.

; General Ledger Transactions : General Ledger transactions are created each time an accounting event occurs, like a purchase or a payment. The details of the transaction depend on the General Ledger Post Method set for the invoice.

; General Ledger Posting Methods : Items include settings that dictate how invoices that include them will be posted. If an invoice contains any items with non-Normal posting methods, the entire invoice becomes Cash-Basis. Any items in teh order set as normal will be posted cash-basis. Items other than normal will be posted as they are selected. Shipping and Tax will be posted Cash-Basis.

<blockquote>
====House Account Orders====
All items within a house account invoice have no charge, and the entire invoice is treated as a cash sale with no defering income, regardless of the post method set on any items.
*CREDIT: item's income GL account
*DEBIT: Misc Adjustments GL account
====Posting Method: Normal====
*Charge (invoice)
**CREDIT: item's income GL account
**DEBIT: Accounts Receivable GL account
*Payment
**CREDIT: Accounts Receivable GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*Credit Memo
**CREDIT: Accounts Receivable GL account
**DEBIT: Misc Adjustments GL account
*Cash purchases - when a normal item is charged and paid at the same time.
**CREDIT: item's income GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*Deposit - when a payment is received and not applied to a charge.
**CREDIT: deposit GL account
**DEBIT: Cash GL account

====Posting Method: Proforma====
Proforma orders do not post GL entries until they are paid.

*Charge (invoice)
**no GL entries posted
*Payment
**CREDIT: item's income GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account

====Posting Method: Proforma - Defer to Date====
Proforma - Defer date orders do not post GL entries until they are paid. On the payment date, the income is posted to a defer account. Then on a specific date, the defer account is posted back to the item's income account. This can be used to defer the income for a meeting until the meeting month or date.

*Charge (invoice)
**no GL entries posted
*Payment
**CREDIT: item's Defer GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*On the Defer Date
**CREDIT: item's Income GL account
**DEBIT: item's Defer GL account

====Posting Method: Proforma - Defer Over Term====
Proforma - Defer Term orders do not post GL entries until they are paid. On the payment date, the income is posted to a defer account and a specified number of gl entries are made to future dates that recognize the item's income over a period of months. Each month more and more of the item's income will be recognized as the gl entries come due. For instance, annual dues can be set to a 12 month defer term, resulting in 1/12 of the dues being recognized each month.

If the purchase is a new purchase, the series of deferred income transactions starts on the purchase date. If the purchase is not a renewal (non-recurring purchase) then the series of deferred transactions starts on the payment date.

*Charge (invoice)
**no GL entries posted
*Payment
**CREDIT: item's Defer GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*Each month for x months
**CREDIT: item's income GL account for total/x
**DEBIT: item's Defer GL account for total/x

===Exporting a Download File===
General Ledger Transactions may be converted to download files to be exported.

From Admin Home, user may go to Manage Add-Ons>>Ecommerce>>Invoice Manager

On the Account List page, go to Settings>>General Ledger
*Enable the Automatic Export field. When box checked, Ecommerce Export will run automatically to create download files.
With Automatic Export enabled,
*Select the Automatic Export Format from the drop down menu.
*Click OK to Save changes.
To view download files, go to Data>>Ecommerce Exports
*Edit export record and click on Export.csv file for review.

*If Automatic Export is not selected, you can run the report from Invoice Manager by clicking on TOOLS, EXPORT G/L TRANSACTIONS.

NOTE: The export will include all data before the current month that has not yet been exported. Each month is exported in a separate file.

===Reports===
To get reports from the Invoice Manager, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER and then click on the REPORTS tab. Here you can get reports on account purchase history, account invoice aging and daily ecommerce activity. You can also manage the print queue here. 

====Purchase History Report====
This report shows all charges on the accounts. It includes invoice date, paid date, account name, invoice #, invoice description and amount charged. You can sort the report by any of the columns, except description, and can filter for unpaid only or any of the sortable fields.

==== Invoice Aging ====
This report groups invoices by the overdue periods: current, past due, over 30, over 60 and over 90.

==== Daily Activity ====
Shows charges, house payments, check payments, auto payments and declined payments over the last 30 days.

==== Print Queue ====
The print queue lists documents waiting to be printed. After printing, user your back arrow to return to the print queue. This report is in the PRINT QUEUE tab in Invoice Manager.

==== Top Buyers ====
Lists clients with the highest item totals. The report can be filtered for a specific category and/or date range.

==== Top Category Buyers ====
Lists top buyers in each item category. Can be filtered by date range.

==== Item Purchase ====
For each item available for sale, this report lists the number paid for, the number given away for free the total count and the total sales amount. It can be filtered by date range.

==== Item Category Purchase ====

This report shows purchases sorted by category. It includes account, item and amount for each purchase. The report can be filtered to look at only a certain category, account and/or date range.

==== General Ledger Account Summary ====
The total of all transactions by General Ledger Account during the selected period. This reports breaks transactions down into four categories: Proforma Paid Charges, Cash Paid Charges, non-Proforma Charges, and non-Proforma Payments. Proforma Paid Charges are charges from invoices marked with General Ledger Post Methods: Proforma, Proforma - Defer Date, and Proforma - Defer Term. These are reported only when paid. Cash Paid Charges are non-Proforma Charges that were charged and paid on the same calendar day. Non-Proforma Charges are invoices not marked Proforma. Non-Proforma Payments are payments made during the period on invoices not marked Proforma.

===Managing Accounts===
To manage accounts, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on Tools >> Invoice Manager.

====Account List Screen====
You will see a list of all accounts, or only open accounts if you click the check box. From this screen you have the option to ADD an account, CLOSE an account or SEND STATEMENTS to accounts by selecting them with a check mark.

Click on any account to see the Account Detail screen.

If you want to see the balance column on the accounts list page, make sure the following is set correctly:

Go to SETTINGS tab, INVOICE MANAGER tab,and check the second box that says "Include account balance in account list"

====Account Detail Screen====
To edit information in a specific account or to get more detailed information about that account, click on the account name to open the record for that account.

====Account Contacts====
Account contacts must come from one of the following:
* anyone with the account set in the billing tab of their people record.
* anyone associated to the account in Membership Manager People tab
* anyone with an organization set in their people record that is associated to the account with Membership Manager
* anyone set to an organization associated to the accountThe three contact types available in INVOICE MANAGER are:

====Account Contact Types====
The three contact types available in INVOICE MANAGER are:
*Primary Contact: Receives a copy of account invoices if there is no billing contact specified.
*Billing Contact: Receives a copy of all invoices sent to the account. (Invoices for free items are not sent to the account.)
*Carbon Copy (CC) Billing Contact: Receives a duplicate copy of all invoices sent to the account.

====On Demand Payment Types====
* On Demand payment methods are used to pay invoices generated by the system.
* If the account is configured as an On-Demand account, all invoices must be paid when the invoice is created.
* When an invoice is paid On-Demand, the primary method is attempted first, then the secondary, then each of the others entered until one succeeds.

====Purchase History Tab====
In the PURCHASE HISTORY tab you can also send any outstanding invoices or statements. Check the STATUS column to see what is paid and what is outstanding. The invoices not yet paid are listed as PAY in blue (and will say LATE PAY after 30 days); the paid invoices are listed as PAID with the pay date.

====Subscriptions Tab====
In the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab you can ADD, DELETE, EDIT or CANCEL subscriptions (aka recurring purchases).
* To ADD a subscription, choose an account from INVOICE MANAGER and click on the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab. Click ADD. Choose the ITEM for the subscription you want to add to the account. From here go to the STATUS tab to enter the Date to Begin Charging and the Date Charged Through. The Date Charged Through is the field used to generate the next invoice, which will begin charging the day after the charged through date. Click OK to save changes.
* To EDIT a subscription, click on the NAME in the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab. From here go to the STATUS tab to change the Date to Begin or Stop Charging, the Requested Cancel Date or the Date Charged Through. The Date Charged Through is the field used to generate the next invoice, which will begin charging the day after the charged through date. If you delete a subscription from the admin edit page, the appropriate account updates may take 24 hours to appear. Click OK to save changes.
* To cancel or delete a subscription, check the box in the appropriate row and use the Cancel Subscription button or Delete Subscription button. When a subscription is cancelled, the user is removed from the subscription group and any outstanding invoices with the subscription item will be cancelled.

====Messages Tab====
The messages tab includes recent activity. Individual messages can be highlighted. Some automatic messages are highlighted as well, like when an account needs attention because of a declined on-demand purchase.
====Transactions Tab====
Click on the TRANSACTIONS tab to see a list of account activities. The Approved column in the transactions list is true if the transaction was approved (not whether or not the invoice was paid).

'''SETTING UP MULTIPLE BILLING CONTACTS FOR A SPECIFIC ITEM CATEGORY'''

To send invoices to multiple people in an organization for a specific item category, create an ACCOUNT CONTACT record by logging in and clicking on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE and then ACCOUNT CONTACTS. Next click ADD. You will select the ACCOUNT and MEMBER that you want this record to apply to. For a User to show up in this drop down, their User Record must be set to MEMBER in the CONTROLLING CONTENT field in the CONTROL INFO tab. 

Next, click on the CATEGORIES tab to select the category that applies. Click OK to save the new record. 

'''''NOTE ABOUT ITEM CATEGORIES: To add new categories, login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECCOMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER, DATA, AND THEN ITEM CATEGORIES. Click ADD and then type in the name of the new category. Click OK to save changes. Next click on ITEMS and open a specific item; choose the CATEGORY from the drop down list. Click OK to save changes to the item.'''''

==== Organizations and Users====
Users associated with accounts through the account manager screen are included in account subscriptions. A user can be associated directly to the account from the User tab, or their organization can be associated to the account through the organization tab.

For a user to be associated to an organization, the organization field in their people record must be set to the organization.

====Organizations Tab====
Add organizations to this account. Employees of this organization will be granted access to subscriptions from this account

====User Tab====
This is a list of employees of the organizations listed in the Organization Tab, and any individual members added in this tab

====How to add users to an account====
You can add company members or individual members
* Add them as an employee of the organization -- Edit their people record and select an Organization that is part of the account.
* Add them an an individual member -- Edit their people record to determine their "record id" at the top. Go the Invoice Manager and go to the account's User Tab. Click [add] and enter the person's Id.

===Managing Items and Item Categories===
Items are what is purchased, and item categories are a way to group and report on items.

The following features are configurable within items
<blockquote>
====Bundling====
: Use the Bundling tab to add bundled items to an item. An item that contains bundled items is a bundling item. If charged bundled items is unchecked, bundled items are not charged to the invoice. If charged bundled items is checked, bundled items are charged to the invoice. If show bundled items on invoice is unchecked, they will not be displayed on the invoice. If show bundled items on invoice is checked, they will display on the invoice.

: If a subscription or membership includes bundled subscriptions, the bundled subscriptions are NOT included in future renewals of the subscription or membership. In other words, when the subscription expires, if renew on expiration is set, the bundling item is charged with all bundling items, buth without any bundled subscriptions.

For example, You might setup a bundling item that is a monthly membership for $50 and bundle in it a processing fee and a monthly newsletter subscription. The initial invoice will be for $50 and the account will be setup for the membership, it will get a subscription for the newsletter and the processing fee will be charged. One month later, the account will be charged $50 for the membership renewal and the processing fee. The items bundled with the membership (the book and the magazine) will NOT be included in the subscription renewal. A year later the magazine will charge as well.
:*Show Bundled Items
:*Bundled Items

====Options====
: options are a series of option sets, each with a name and the possible values a customer must choose for that name. The name is separated from the values with a colon. The values are separated by commas. Options are separated by a new line. For instance, an item with a two line options field may have in the first line -- "color: red, blue, yellow" and the second line "size: small, medium, large". Customers purchasing this item will be required to select both a size and a color from the choices. If you want a text field for the option choice, instead of a dropdown, you would just enter the category with a colon, such as "size:". Customers would then see Size followed by a blank box where they can enter their size choice.

====Item Category====
: Categories are used by the catalog for display and by ecommerce reporting to group charges.

====Subscriptions====
A subscription is a way to track items purchased that automatically renew, and/or items that put account users in groups. An item creates a subscription if the subscription type in the subscriptions tab is set to Periodic, Calendar, or Perpetual.

These are some examples of subscriptions:
# A monthly charge that allows user access to a podcast -- Create an item 'monthly subscriber', set subscription type to periodic and the period to 1 month. Select a group into which users will be added, and check renew on expiration. Put your podcasts on a page protected by the selected subscription group.
# An annual newsletter purchased one-time -- Set the subscription type to periodic and do not check renew. Select a group for users. Then each month, send a Group Email to the selected group.

Subscription Settings

::* Subscription Type - If blank, this item is not a subscription. Select Calendar to have the subscription expire on a specific month. Select Periodic to have the subscription expire after a set number of days or months. Select perpetual if the subscription never expires.
::* Group - When this item is purchased, all users in the account will be added to this group.
::* Group Expiration Period (Days) - For Periodic Subscriptions, the days until the subscription expires. (can be used in combination with Months)
::* Group Expiration Period (Months) - For Periodic Subscriptions, the months until the subscription expires. (can be used in combination with Months)
::* Calendar Duration Month - For Calendar Subscriptions, the month that this subscription expires.
::* Renew on Expiration - If checked, the account will be charged for renewal when the subscription expires. For On-Demand (credit card and echeck) accounts, the charge runs a day before expiration. On billing accounts the invoice is sent based on the prebill setting in the Ecommerce Settings.
::* Block Duplicate Recurring Purchases - If checked, an account can only have this subscription once.
::* recurringPrice - If not blank, this price will be used for renewals.
::* inMyAccount - if checked, subscriptions to this item can be canceled from the My Accounts section.

====Pricing====
:* Unit Price
:* Sale Price
:* Special Price
:* On Sale

====Promotional Discounts====

====Misc====
:* Featured
:* New
:* Viewings
:* Materials
:* Allow Receipt Copy
:* Receipt Copy
:* Is In Catalog
:* Msg To Billing When Paid
:* invoiceCopy
:* allowInvoiceCopy
:* isTaxable
:* hideInvoiceLineIfNoCharg
:* '''Max Quantity Per Order:''' Put a number in here to limit the number of this item that can be ordered at one time

====Shipping====
:* Shipping Required
:* Shipping Weight

====Inventory Management====
Use inventory management to help track item levels, notify an administrator when quantities are low, and remove items from the catalog when they are depleted.

:* '''Quantity On-Hand'''
:: The number of items you have available for ordering. This quantity is changed on order fulfillment.
:* Quantity Low
:: When the quantity on-hand falls below this level, the ecommerce administrators group will receive a notification

====Permissions and Roles====
In the Catalog tab of Items, in the ORDER BUTTON MODE field, you can select:
:* Always Hide to prevent anyone from ordering the item
:* Always Show to allow everyone to order the item
:* Show Based on User Group Policies to allow users in specific groups to order the item

To set the User Group Policies, go to Ecommerce Cart Settings. In the Group Policies section you will check the box next to ALLOW ORDERING. So for example, if you only want members to be able to order certain items, set the Order Button Mode field to "show Based on User Group Policies" and in Ecommerce Cart Settings check the field Allow Ordering next to the Members group(s).

====Fulfillment====
:* sendFulfillmentNotification
:* fulfillmentNotificationGroupId

====General Ledger Transactions====
:* Deferment Method : No Deferment, Defer to Deferment Date, Defer Monthly
:* Deferment Account : When a deferment method is selected, paying for this item creates an account transaction crediting this deferment account, and deferred transaction(s) debiting the deferment account to the item's income account.
:* Deferment Date : When the Deferment Method is Defer to Deferment Date, a single deferred transaction will occur on this date.
:* Number of Monthly Deferment Transactions : When the Deferment Method is Defer Monthly, this many deferred monthly transactions will be created, evenly spacing the income over the period.
:* generalLedgerAccountId
</blockquote>

The following item fields only apply to Membership Items, used in Membership Manager
<blockquote>
:* tbd
</blockquote>

===Tools===
You can use INVOICE MANAGER to create manual invoices, credit memos and account charges. To access these features, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on the MANAGE ADD-ONS folder. Next click on the ECOMMERCE folder and then click on INVOICE MANAGER. From here you will click on the TOOLS tab

====Enter Payments====
Use the enter payments tool to add payments received from accounts and to apply previously entered payments that were saved as deposits.
<blockquote>

'''Payment Methods'''
* Cash - Select the cash payment method to enter a payment that requires no tracking (check number, credit card history, etc).
* Check - use the check payment method to enter a check payment
* Credit Card - use the credit card payment method to enter and process a credit card payment
* Apply Deposit - use the apply deposit payment method to apply one or more deposits to an invoice.

'''Create a Deposit'''

Check this box to create a deposit for the account with the payment, or any excess of the payment not applied to invoice(s)

'''Do Not Send a Receipt'''

If the customer account is configured to receive receipt notifications, check this box will prevent a receipt from being sent to the customer for paid invoices.

'''Transaction Date'''

Leave this blank to post this transaction at the time the payment is applied. Enter a different transaction date to post the payment as needed. Note that the transaction date is limited by the transaction export data. Once a months data is exported, you cannot post a transaction before the end of that period.

'''Select unpaid charges'''

If the payment is to be applied to invoices, select the unpaid charges from the list.

'''Check Number'''

For Check payments, enter the check number for tracking purposes.

'''Credit Cards'''

For credit card transactions, enter the card number, expiration date and name on the card. Optional fields are available for CSV and billing zip code if you have configured your processor to required them.

'''Applying Deposits'''

when appying deposts to pay invoices, select the deposit(s) to apply. If the amount of the deposit(s) is greater than the invoices, check the Create a Deposit checkbox to create a deposit for the excess.
</blockquote>

===My Account===
A public addon that lets account contacts (primary and billing) pay invoices with a credit card they enter.

====User Profile====
Here you edit name, email/user name, password, phone number, photo and organization selection.

====Pay Invoices====
Access this to view and pay current invoices.

====Payment Information====
Use the payment information screen to add or modify online payment methods such as credit cards and/or ACH methods. Select the primary and secondary payment method to be used to automatic payments. The secondary method is used if the primary method fails. If the secondary methods fails, all other payment options will be attempted as well.

====Account History====

====Manage Subscriptions====
Manage subscriptions lets a user subscribe and unsubscribe to any groups marked "Public Join", and cancel any paid subscription marked "Manage in My Account".

One application for this section is to let users remove themselves from specific email groups. To do this, include a link in your email to this page.
<blockquote>
; Free Subscriptions : A free subscription is a group that has "Public Join" checked, and is NOT included in a subscription item.

; Paid Subscriptions : A paid subscription is an item that with a subscription type that has been purchased by the account. If the item is marked "Manage in My Account" in its subscription tab, it will be listed on the Manage Subscriptions page of My Account and users can cancel the subscription by unchecking the box and clicking save.
</blockquote>

====Manage Staff====
Here you add, delete or update profile information for account users.

====Manage Organization Profile====
Here you can change the company name, address, phone, fax, web or email address.

====Manage Certifications and Certificates ====
In this area of My Account, users can manage and maintain their certifications and certificates by uploading continuing education credits and making payments.

=== Developer Resources ===

The following api is provided to interface with ecommerce

====Contensive Events====
<blockquote>
Any addon can create an Addon Event record. These event records can be manually created or will be created automatically when the addon throws them.

It can then throw the event with a cp method, like cp.site.throwEvent( “My Event” )

Any addon can register for the event with a checkbox in in a tab of the Addon record. When an addon is registered, it is called by contensive when the calling addon calls cp.site.throwEvent.

Arguments should be passed with document properties.

=====Item Fulfill Event=====
<blockquote>
ecommerce.fulfillOrder

Called when an order is to be fulfilled.

Arguments:
* OrderId: The order that needs to be fulfullled

Fulfillment for an order would include things like adding people to groups they purchase or mailing an item out. When the Fulfillment event occurs depends on the Pay Method.
On Demand: Fulfillment happen at the time of the purchase
Bill and Fulfill on payment: Fulfillment happends when the bill is paid
Bill and Fulfill now: fulfillment happens when the bill is sent.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=====Calculate order details event=====
<blockquote>
ecommerce.calculateOrderDetails

Called after calculating the amounts for each order detail in an order, and before calculating the shipping, taxes and total. use this to calculate a custom amount for an item
.
Arguments:
OrderId: The order that is being calulated
</blockquote>

=====Credit card Management=====
In order to edit any information pertaining to credit cards, a developer account must be used.

====Ecommerce API====
To use the ecommerce API, install the NuGet package Contensive.ecommerceApi, or clone the github repository for ecommerce, build, and make a reference to the apiclass DLL.

The following is a list of methods available. Details have been added to method heads so add a reference to the project and investigate methods there.

* addAccountNote
* addAccountOnDemandMethod
* addAccountOrganization
* addAccountUser
* addMembershipKitFulfillment
* addOrderItem
* billAndFulfillOrder
* billOrder
* calculateOrder
* cancelInvoice
* cancelMembership
* cancelSubscription
* chargeOrder
* closeAccount
* createAccount
* createOrder - if the application supports multiple seller accounts, a sellerAccountId is required
* deleteSubscription
* getAccountBillingContact
* getAccountPayMethod
* getAccountPrimaryContact
* getAccountStatus
* getChargesAndPayments
* getInvoice
* getOnlinePaymentFields
* getOnlinePaymentFieldsForAccount
* getOpenOrderId
* getOrderDetails
* getOrderShipOptionSelect
* getShipCharge
* getShipOptionSelect
* getSiteStatus
* getTransactions
* getUserAccountId
* getUserAccountList
* payOrder
* payOrdersByOnlinePaymentFields
* removeAccountOrganization
* removeAccountUser
* setAccountBillingContact
* setAccountOnDemandMethod
* setAccountOnDemandMethodSecondary
* setAccountPayMethod
* setAccountPrimaryContact
* setOrderAccount
* setOrderPaid
* setOrderPromotionalDiscount
* setOrderShipMethod
* setOrderUser
* verifyAccount

=== Data Structure ===

The following database tables are used and/or created by Membership Manager.

====People====
People is a system Table which stores information about users.

====Organizations====
People is a system Table which stores information about companies.

==== Accounts====
<blockquote>
The account is the record that is charged. All transactions have to have an account to charge and be paid from. 
tablename = abAccounts
; memberId: Primary Contact, The primary contact for the account.
; billingMemberId: Billing Contact, The person responsible for ensuring payment for the account. If blank, the Primary Contact is used.
; billingMemberId: Billing Contact, The person responsible for ensuring payment for the account. If blank, the Primary Contact is used.
; closed (Closed) : When true, this account can no longer be charged.
; payMethodId : Lookup list below This represents the accounts preferred method of payment.
* 1 - House
* 2 - Credit Card
* 3 - Billing
; notificationMethodId : Lookup list below. How the account would preferred being notified.
* 1 - Email
* 2 - Fax
; termsId : Lookup into content “Account Terms”. This information provides credit terms for the account.
; dateHoldBillingUntil : When not null, no payments can be run against this account until the date indicated. Charges should still accrue.
; dateLastBillingNotice : This is the date of the last time the account was notificed about a balance due.
; requestedCancelDate : After this date the account should not longer be charged. Services should be canceled on this date.
; referralCode : When the account was created, if a code was used for tracking it is saved here.
; commissionAccountId : If not null, commissions on payments to applicable charges are created in this account.
; emailCharges : When checked, all charges to the account should be emailed to the billing contact.
</blockquote>
==== Orders====
<blockquote>
</blockquote>

====Account Transactions====
<blockquote>
Each entry represents either a credit or debit to the account. This will be considered an asset account so a charge increases and is a Debit, a payment decreases the balance and is a Credit.

tablename = abAccountTransactions

; Approved : payment transactions -- shows the payment was approved. If false, the transactions is not valid
; isCharge : If true, this is a charge transaction. A positive amount represents a charge to the account increases its balance due. A negative amount represents an adjustment that decreases the amount due.
; isCommission : if true, this transaction is a result of a commission on a different transaction
; amount : The amount of the transaction. Position amounts increase the balance due from the account.
; accountId : The account being charged or paying.
; isSetupFee : for charge transactions -- if true, this transaction is a one-time charge. If false, this transaction is a result of a recurring charge.
; orderId : Charge Transactions -- The order which originated the transaction
; dateDue : Charge Transactions -- Determined by the pay method and set at the time of the charge. Any transaction unpaid after this date has passed is passed due.
; fromDate : Charge Transactions -- When there is a service involved, the fromDate and toDate are the service dates.
; toDate : Charge Transactions -- When there is a service involved, the fromDate and toDate are the service dates.
; recurringPurchaseId : Charge Transactions -- When set, this charge was created by the associated entry in Recurring Purchases.
; paidByTransactionId : Charge Transactions -- When set, this transaction was paid by the associated transaction. One payment can pay multiple charges. If a partial payment is made on a account, the charge must be broken up and each charge paid in full.
; paymentCheckNumber : Payment Transactions -- The check number
; creditCardNumber : Payment Transactions -- cc number
; creditCardAuthorization : Payment Transactions -- authorizations from the payment gateway
; authorizationMessage : Payment Transactions -- message from the payment gateway
; paymentAppliedToCharges : Payment Transactions -- if true, this payment has been applied to charges.
; orderId : For charge transactions, this is the order the created the transaction.
</blockquote>

====Recurring Purchases====
<blockquote>
Each record represents a recurring purchase. The account billing process uses these records to create charge transactions periodically, which may then be paid.

table = abRecurringPurchases

; accountId : The account to be charged
; itemId : The item to use for purchase details
; discountAmount : if provided, this amount will subtracted from the product amount when creating the charge transaction
; isCommissionable : if checked, charges from this recurring purchase will be commissionable
; dateChargeStart : When set, no charges will be created before this date. When a charge is created, it will never be back-charged earlier then this date. The effect is this will be the start date for the purchase, reguardless of other transactions. However, no refunds will be created based on this setting.
; dateChargeEnd : When set, this represents the end of a contract period for a recurring purchase. This is generally the anticipated end of a longer purchase. For instance, this may be a monthly charge with a one year contract. The dateChargeEnd is the end of the year. It does not mean cancel, but represents the earliest time when the charge can be ended. The purchase will not be charge after this date.
; requestedCancelDate : When set, this is the date after which the customer no longer wants the service. The purchase will not be charge after this date.
; referralId : This is the ID of the referral record in referrals.
; canceled : When true, this purchase no longer charges
; dateStart (dateJoin) : This date is set to the date the purchase is created.
; dateChargedThrough : This date, set by the recurring purchase process is the date that this purchase has been charged through. The recurring purchase process will create a new order based on this date.
; datePaidThrough : This date is set by the payment process and manual payment entry.
; dateInactivate : This is the date that the product should be deactivated for non-payment.
; dateCancel : This is the date that the purchase is canceled for non-payment.
</BlockQuote>

====Groups====
<BlockQuote>
; membershipControlled : Contensive -- This is a developer-only field. When set, you can not add or remove anyone or delete the group. The Member Tracking Process (MTP) will set the field when it creates the groups.
</BlockQuote>

====Referrals====
<BlockQuote>
Is a list of codes created to track promotions and commissions. To use a referral, the customer enters a code which matches a referral record. The commissions and discounts then apply to only those items set in Referral Item Rules.

; code : The text code assigned to this referral. When entered during the purchase process, this referral is applied
; commissionAccountId : When provided, this commission account will be used for the Order or Recurring Purchase.
; initialChargeDiscountAmount : When provided, this discount amount will be applied to the initial purchase.
; recurringChargeDiscountAmount : When provided, this discount amount will be applied to recurring purchases.
; recurringChargeDiscountPeriods : When provided, the recurreint ChargeDiscountAmount only applies for this many periods.
</BlockQuote>

====Account Notes====
<BlockQuote>
Are a list of notes created the administrator.
; accountId : The account associated with this note
; copy : The text of the note.
</BlockQuote>

====Account Terms====
<BlockQuote>
The billing arrangements for accounts set to bill as pay method.
; daysToPay : The number of days after the purchase date before the due date.
; Account Messages : Are a list of messges created by the system to track activities.
; accountId : The account associated with this note
; copy : The text of the note.
</BlockQuote>

====Items====
<BlockQuote>
; copy : Long Text: The long description of an item. Used on the catalog details page.
; overview : Long Text: The short version of the description. Used on the catalog listing page.
; hideOrderButton : Boolean: When true, if the item display on a catalog page, it will not have an order button.
; categoryId : Lookup into Item Categories: Used to categorize items
; itemNumber : Text: Used only as a reference number on the catalog
; UPC : Text: Used only as a reference number on the catalog
; materials : Many to Many to Item Materials: Displays a list of downloadable documents for the item.
; featured : Boolean : Can be used to select specific items for a custom list.
; new : Boolean : Can be used to select specific items for a custom list.
; viewings : Integer : The number of times this item has displayed on the catalog details page.
; quantityOnHand : integer : For inventory managment, this in the number of items you have on-hand. Automatically decremented on order purchase.
; quantityLow : integer: For inventory managment, when the quantityOnHand is less than the quantityLow, the Inventory Management notification is sent.
; imageFilename : image: the large image of the item
; thumbnailFilename : image: the small image of the item
; options : Long Text : A list of options and their choices. Separate different options with new lines. Separate choices for each option with commas. For example, if the item is a shirt and you offer three sizes and two colors, the options might be
<pre>
size: small, medium, large
color: red, blue, green
</pre>
; unitprice : currency: the quantity 1 price without any discounts, etc.
; saleprice : currency: the quantity 1 price if the item has OnSale checked.
; specialprice : currency : the quantity 1 if the custom is in a group selected as a discount group
; onSale : boolean : when true, the item price will be the salePrice
; allowReceiptCopy : when true, receipts including this item will include the receiptCopy in the receipt's message box.
; receiptCopy : long text : when allowReceiptCopy is true, this text is included in the receipt's message box.
; shippingRequired : boolean : when true, this item will require shipping for the entire order, and the item's weight will be included in the order's weight calculation.
; weight : number : if shippingRequired is true, this is the shipping weight of the item.
; organizationId : Lookup into organizations: The source (manufacturer) for the item, included in the catalog.
; sourceitemNumber : Text: Used only as a reference number on the catalog
; groupId : The Subscription Group -- if this is not blank, anyone purchasing this item will be added to this group with the group expiration from groupExpirationPeriod and groupExpirationPeriodMonths
; groupExpirationPeriod : This is an integer value in Days. it is used for both the expiration date of a subscription when it is purchased, and for the recurring billing period when a recurringCharge is included.
; groupExpirationPeriodMonths : This is an integer value in Months, and acts like groupExpirationDays -- effecting both group expiration for subscriptions and the recurring purchase period.
; isInCatalog (new) : default true. if true, this item appears in the catalog
; isCommissionable (new) : default false. if true, the commissionaccountid receives thier commission on this item. For catalog purchases, the commission account is set when a new account is created with a referral code.
; recurringCharge (new) : if not zero, this purchase creates a recurring purchase record which charges the account at the beginning of each period, based on the groupExpirationPeriod and groupExpirationPerodMonths. If the periods are zero, the recurring Charge is not valid.
; recurringPrebillDays(new) : For a recurring item, how many days before the purchase date should it be invoiced. The Due date will still be the purchase date plus the days to pay (in account terms)
</BlockQuote>

====Orders====
<BlockQuote>
An order is created for all completed purchases. Processes may create incomplete orders as well. The line items of the order are orderdetails The completed order total is added to transactions as a purchase.
Invoices sent represent a single orders.
; Name
; datePurchase
The effective purchase date for the order. For orders invoiced in advance of the purchase, this is the date the purchase should take place. For instance, for a membership that expires on July 1, you might want to invoice for the renewal 30 days head of time. The datePurchase is July 1, the invoice date may be June 1, and if you extend them 10 days credit, the dueDate would be July 10.
; dateDue
When the order should be paid
; specialPricing
If true, this order qualified
; pricelevelFreeShipping
if true, this order qualified
; itemCharge
The total amount of all items
; shipCharge
The calculated amount of shipping
; taxCharge
The calculated amount of tax.
; priceLevelDiscount
The calculated amount of the discount based on the price Level Discount scheme
; TotalCharge
The total of item, ship, tax and discounts
; orderCompleted
(can be removed and use dateComplete instead) - see orderComplete for details.
; readyForBatchComplete : When true, the background batch will complete this order, performing all the billing, invoiceing and payment when necessary.
; dateCompleted : Legacy - set when the order is paid. Current - set when the order is billed. -- however, there is a special case to cover the order upgrade. If dateComplete is set and ccNumber is set, the order is considered legacy and must be Paid. In this case, the payDate is set to the dateCompleted and paidByTransactionid is set to -1 to prevent re-paying.
; payMethod : a text description of the pay method used
; payDate : When the order was paid. For online orders this is populated. For offline payments, it is populated at the time the order is paid.
; ccAuthCode : The code returned from the last payment process attempted.
; ccTypeActionCode : The code returned from the last payment process attempted.
; ccRefCode : The code returned from the last payment process attempted.
; billName
; phone
; fax
; company
; address
; address2
; city
; state
; zip
; country
; shipDate : date when order is shipping
; shipTracking : tracking number from the shipper
; shipMethod : text field with the name of the ship method used
; shipWeight :
; memberId :
; visitorId :
; visitId :
; visitId :
</BlockQuote>

====orderDetails====
<BlockQuote>
Order Details represent the line items of an order.
; name : a text description of the item name, quanitity and options
; orderId :
; itemId
; itemNumber
; quantity
; options
; unitPrice
; weight
; sourceid
; groupMemberId : The user Id of the person who will be given membership for items with a groupId. These are items that provide group membership when purchased. The userid is saved in the orderDetail record because the group membership is created when the purchase is completed, which may be by a manual payment long after the purchase is made. if the groupmemberid is not set, the account contact will be used.
; item Categories
; Order Ship Methods
; Item Materials
; item Material Categories
; Item Categories
</blockquote>

==Things to Test==
*Add new items
*Set up promotional discounts
*Set up sales tax
*Set up a new account
*Set up a credit limit
*Create manual invoice
*Create manual charge and credit
*Close account
*Send manual invoice and statement
*Set up account primary and biling contact
*Delete someone from account
*Test My Account
#Profile
#Online Payments
*Update Payment Info
#Manage Grops
#Manage Staff
#Organization
#Certificates and Certifications
*Set up payment processor
*Set up test credit card
*Purchase process settings
*Invoice settings
*Reports
#Daily Activity Report
#Dues Deferment Report
#GL Account Summary Report
#Invoice Aging Report
#Item Category Purchase Report
#Item Purchase Report
#Purchase History Report
#Suspended Certification Report
#Top Buyers Report
#Top Category Buyers Report
*Account list screen in Invoice Manager Dashboard
*Account Details screens
*Test auto billing features

==Test Cases==

These tests represent automated tests saved in the testcases folder of the project's GitHub repository. Tests with an asterisk are included in the tool panel unit tests. Tests in brackets [] must be manually tested.

; 1* - Buy Subscription Adds Users to Group : buy a subscription > adds account's users to the subscription's group
; 2* - Cancel Subscription Removes Group Users : cancel subscription > removes account's users to the subscription's group
; 3* - Add User updates user's groups : add a person to an account (as an individual) > adds account's users to the subscription's group
; 4* - Add Org updates users' groups : add an organization with person to an account > adds all the organization's users to the subscription's group.
; 5* - Remove Account User updates user's groups : delete an individual user from an account > removes the user from the subscription's group
; 6* - Remove Account Org updates users' groups : remove an organization with person from an account > removes all the organization's users from the subscription's group.
; 7* - Buy Membership adds users to groups : buy membership > adds account's users to the membership's group
; 8* - Cancel Membership :
# Removes the account's users from the membership's group
# marks the account membership status as canceled
# leaves the membership type alone
# leaves the membership expiration date alone (DLI requirement)
# cancels all membership invoices
; 9* - Add User updates Membership group : add a person to a membership account > adds the person to the membership's group
; 10* - Membership, Add/Remote Company Users : add an organization with person to a membership account > adds all the organization's users to the membership's group.
; 11* - Membership, Add/Remote Individual Users : delete an individual user from a membership account > removes the user from the membership's group.
; 12* - Membership, Add/Remove Organization : remove an organization with people from a membership account > removes all the organization's users from the membership's group.
; 13* - Manually add a subscription : Manually add a non-membership subscription (recurring purchase) to an account within the Account Manager UI > adds account's users to the subscription's group.
; 14* - Manually add a membership : Manually add a membership to an account within the Account Manager UI > adds account's users to the membership's group.
; 15* - Manually Delete Subscription in UI : manually delete a subscription within the Account Manager UI > removes account's users to the subscription's group. NOTE: we do not support deleting recurring purchases in the admin interface.
; 16* - Manually remove Account Membership type : manually change an account from a valid membership type to a non-member type within the Account Manager UI > removes account's users to the membership's group
; 17* - Close Membership account updates groups : close a membership account > removes account's users from the membership's group
; 18* - Close non-Membership account updates groups : : close a non-membership account > removes account's users from the subscription group
; 19* - Remove user from org with subscription : remove a person from an organization that is part of a non-membership account > remove the person from the subscription group
; 20* - Remove user from org with membership : remove a person from an organization that is part of a membership account > remove the person from the membership group
; [21] - My Account Echeck if enabled : Show My Account - Payment Options - eCheck options only if authorizenet payment processor enables eCheck
; 22* - House Account charge and payment :
# verify chargeOrder() completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
# verify payOrder() on new order completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
; 23* - On-Demand account charge and payment :
# verify chargeOrder() with no account pay options -- fails
# verify chargeOrder() with good account pay option -- completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
# verify payOrder() with good pay option -- completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
; 24* - Bill account charge and payment :
# verify chargeOrder() -- completes, sends invoice, no fulfillment. Then pay the invoice and verify fulfillment.
# verify payOrder() with good pay option, on new order charges -- completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
; 25* - Bill-and-fulfill account charge and payment
# verify chargeOrder() sends invoice and fulfills
# verify payOrder() on new order charges, pays and fulfills with good pay option
# verify payOrder() on open invoice pays and fulfills with good pay option
; 26* - Automatic Activation : verify new memberships are active when automatic activation is checked, and pending when automatic activation is unchecked.
; 27* PayOptions are used in the correct order :
# *If a card or echeck is provided, no alternative methods are attempted
# *Primary is attempted first if it has a valid expiration date
# *if primary fails, secondary is used next if it has a valid expiration date
# *if secondary fails, all non-echeck payoptions are attempted if they have valid expiration dates
# *if account is billing, charging to account does NOT pay.
; 28* - Membership Grace Period : Verify process with prebill set to 0.
* initial purchase without fulfillment does not fulfill membership
* after payment, run housekeep, membership is active and people are in groups
* after expiration date but before end of grace period, run housekeep, account shows expired but people still in group
* after grace period but before membership cancellation grace period, run housekeep, people are not in group but membership invoice is still ok
* after membership cancellation grace period, run housekeep, invoice is canceled, membership is canceled, people are not in group.

; 29* - Membership renew : Verify paying a membership renewal invoice extends expiration.
* set grace period to 2, set cancelation grace period to 99
* initial purchase with payment sets expiration and puts people in group
* set date to 1 day after expiration and housekeep -- membership active, invoice created, people in group
* set date to 3 days after expiration and housekeep -- membership expired, people out of group
* pay invoice -- membership active, people in group

; 30 - Expiration Date : Verify a 1 day subscription creates an expiration date rounded up to the next midnight. So if purchased at 5pm on March 15, the expiration date is March 17, and the subscription is not valid after housekeep runs on March 17.
; 31 - Automatic Subscription Cancellation : Verify an unpaid non-membership subscription continues charging and allowing users in the group until the subscription cancellation period
; 32 - My Account Subscription cancellation : Verify any non-membership subscription can be canceled in the My Account subscriptions
; 33 - non-expiring Membership : Membership groups are determined by the membershiptype, not the subscription record. Remove the account membership expiration and the recurring purchase should be automatically deleted and all group membership should have no expiration date. Add an expiration and a recurring purchase is created and all group expiration is set as well.
; 34 - non-expiring Subscription : Subscription groups are determined by the subscription record so a non-expiring subscription is one with a charged through date very far in the future (1/1/2100). Verify the user group membership has no expiration date when the subscription > 50 years.
; 35 - Subscription Charges Remaining : if blank, a new charge is created each time charged through passes. If 0, the recurring purchase is canceled when charged through passes. if >0, it is decremented each time the charged through passes.
; [36] - My Account Subscriptions : All groups that are not selected in subscription items and have "Allow Public Join" checked can be added and removed in the My Account Subscriptions section. If the account is subscribed to an item and the item is marked "Manager in My Account" in the subscription tab, it can be canceled from the My Account Subscriptions.
; 37 - *Purchase Bundled Items with Subscriptions : If you purchase a bundling item, the subscriptions for each bundled item are added to the account, and the users in the account are added to the subscription group(s)
; 38 - My Account prevents isRecognized : if a user is recognized, my account logs them out before displaying any data
; 39 - My Account anonymous requires login : if you are logged out, you must login
; 40 - My Account fresh page displays last form : If yor nav to a form and refresh, the same forms comes back
; 41 - My Account select accounts : The user can manage an account only if they are the primary, billing or carbonCopy contact on the account. If user can manager multiple accounts, user selects one from a list. When user refreshs page they remain on the account they picked. When user logs in, user sees the account they last picked.
; 42 - My Account select organization : If the account has multiple organizations, the user can select the organization they wish to manager from the Manager Organization tool.
; 43 - getOnlinePaymentFields payment options :
# If order contains an On-Demand-Required item, only On-Demand options are returned.
# If order contains an On-Demand-Preferred item, only On-Demand items are offered.
# if the account is Billable, Bill My Account option is provided.
# If echeck is configured, an online Echeck option is provide.
# If online credit is configured, an online credit card option is provided. If there are any valid account pay options, each is provided as an option.
; 44 item On-Demand-Required : If an order includes an On-Demand required item, the entire order must be purchased On-Demand.
; 45 Pay Order with bad card : PayOrder() with card not matching test - card fails
; 46 Pay Order with bad expiration : PayOrder() with card that has past expiration - card fails
; 47 Pay Order with bad security code : PayOrder() with card that has past expiration - card fails
; [48] Invoice Manager, Account, Purchase History UI :
# An unpaid invoice has a Pay link that takes the user to the manual payment tool, populated for this account and invoice
# Send Invoices
# Send Statement
# Cancel selected invoices.
; 49 - Account List speed : 10,000 accounts in the account list must display in 5 seconds
; 50 - inactive items show in reports do not show in current activity
# Do not show in
#* manual invoice
#* (add others as discovered)
# Show in
#* Past invoices
#* (add others as discovered)
; 51 - Housekeep, skipped if not enabled : verify when housekeeping is enabled, the housekeep routine does not run. Verify when enabled, it only runs once per day and only during the time period selected.
; 52 - Housekeep, Batch is skipped if not enabled : verify when housekeeping runs, the batch process runs only if it is enabled.
; 53 - Housekeep, Batch creates orders from recurring purchases : Verify if a recurring purchase has a past charge-through date, an invoice is created for it and charged to the account
# free orders are paid and fulfilled
# house accounts are paid automatically
# Bill and Fulfill on Payment accounts are sent a invoice and not fulfilled until paid.
# Bill and Fulfill Now accounts are sent an invoice and fulfilled
# On-Demand accounts create an invoice and pay it with the account's pay options.
; 54 - Housekeep, Print Queue notification : Verify a notification is sent to the ecommerce admin if the print queue is not empty
; 55 - Housekeep, Credit Card expiration notification : Verify a notification is sent to the billing contact of all accounts if their credit card expires within 30 days.
; 56 - Housekeep, Ecommerce Credit Card Contacts group : Verify all primary and billing contacts who have a non-expired credit card in their account go into this group.
; 57 - Housekeep, Account group and memberships verified : Verify the following
# if a person is in a subscription group but not authorized, they are removed.
# if a person is an individual member in a subscription, they are added to the group.
# if a person is a company member in a subscription, they are added to the group.
# if a person is in a membership group but not authorized, they are removed.
# if a person is an individual member in a membership, they are added to the group.
# if a person is a company member in a membership, they are added to the group.
# if a person is added directly to the people table, they are added to their account's subscriptions
; 58 - Housekeep, Automatic export : Verify it exports as follows:
# When disabled, it does not export
# When export mode is not 1 or 2, it does not export
# export mode 1 exports DLI custom format
# export mode 2 exports General Ledger transactions, only after the month is complete and only once per month, as described in this doc
; 59 - Housekeep, cancel all expired memberships : For all membership past (membershipGracePeriod+membershipCancellationGracePeriod):
# membership status changes to canceled
# all users are removed from groups
# call invoices with membership items are canceled.
; 60 - Housekeep, verify membership recurring purchase : verify all membership accounts have a recurring purchase that is charged through the expiration date
; 61 - Housekeep, cancel duplicate membership recurring purchase : verify each account only has one membership recurring purchase.
; 62 - Housekeep, remove subscription group for Canceled Subscription : verify housekeep removes users from group (boad issue)
; 63 - Housekeep, remove subscription group for Closed Account : (boad issue)
; 64 - My Account, Online Payments : Verify a user can pay invoices using the online edit form.
; 65 - Membership Type Purchasing : Purchasing a membership type creates a membership account.
# if the account is already a membership, the previous membership type is set
# if the membership type has no subscription type or a perpetual subscription type, no membership expiration is set.
# if the subscription type is periodic or calendar, the membership expiration is set and a subscription is created. If renew on expiration is set, the subscription's Charges Remaining is left blank. If Renew is not checked on the membership type, Charges Remaining is set to 0.
; 66 - Subscriptions never fulfill bundled items : If a bundling item is a subscription or membership, the bundled items are only purchased during the initial purchase and NOT during renewal.
; 67 - Subscription Dependency : A subscription can be marked to be dependant on another Subscription. If a subscription expires or is canceled, all of it's dependant subscriptions are also canceled.
; 68 - Subscription items bundled with a subscription becomes dependant : When purchased, a subscription bundled in a subscription automatically becomes a dependant on it's bundling subscription so it will be automatically cancelled when the bundling subscription is canceled.
; 67 - Membership renewal : When a membership is renewed (all membership invoices created by membership subscriptions are paid), the membership expiration is updated to the subscription's charged through date, the renewed date is set.
: 68 - Membership renewal updates anniversary date : If a membership renewal covers a day PAST the anniversay (all membership invoices are paid), then the anniversary date event occurs, the membership kit is added and the anniversay date is updated by 1 year.
; 69 - On-Demand Account Prebills One Day : Verify an On-Demand account is charged one day before expiration of a subscription
; 70 - Billing Account Prebill : Verify the PreBill setting controls when invoices are created from subscriptions.
:* The effective purchase date does not change, only the billing day.
:* The date due is calculated with respect to the effective purchase date and does not change
; 71 - Subscription Charges Remaining : Verify blank charges remaining has no effect, numeric charges remaining counts down each time the subscription is charged. If a subscription reaches its charged through date and the charges remaining is 0, it is canceled.
; 72 - subscriptions renew : Verify subscription creates invoices on charged-Through date, adds people to groups with expiration, advances charged-through, advances group expiration.
* initial purchase with payment creates subscription, sets charge-through and adds people to group.
* set date to 1 day after chargedthrough and housekeep -- invoice created, people in group and expiration extended
* pay invoice -- membership active, people in group
; 73 - Purchase Item with prefers-On-Demand : Verify a billing account uses the On-Demand method when available
# in a recurring batched purchase
# in a manual invoice purchase
# in the api chargeOrder call (payOrder is not effected)
; 74 - Purchase Item with prefers-On-Demand : VErify a billing account always uses an On-Demand method, else the invoice is not paid, the ecommerce admin recieves a notice, and an account note is created
# in a recurring batched purchase
# in a manual invoice purchase
# in the api chargeOrder call (payOrder is not effected)
# in the api getOnlinePaymentFields, only On-Demand fields are made available
; 75 - Add Deposits : Deposits can be made from any of the payment methods
# Cash payments
# Check Payments
# Credit Card Payments
; 76 - Overpayments result in deposits
# Cash payments
# Check Payments
# Credit Card Payments
; 77 - Invoices can be paid with Deposits
# Single Invoices
# Combinations of Invoices
; 78 - An Invoice can be paid with Combinations of a Deposit and a payment
# Cash and a deposit
# Check and a deposit
# Credit Card and a deposit
; 79 - Item Pay Method Compatibility, On-Demand If Available : If an item is marked on-demand if available and contains no items marked 'on-demand required', all orders containing that item can be purchased with any method with two exceptions. First if purchasing online, the customer will only be presented with and only process On-Demand methods and second if the purchase is unattended (batch processed) it will use On-Demand options on the account if available for both On-Demand and billing accounts.
# If an account has an On-Demand options, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only provide on-demand options
# If an account has an On-Demand options, background processing will only use those options
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only support manual the On-Demand option.
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, background processing will use the pay method set in the account.
# Invoice Manager manual payment will not be limited in anyway, but should include a message showing the administrator if an item in the order has this setting
# My Account payment screen follows the api call restrictions listed here.
; 80 - Item Pay Method Compatibility, On-Demand Required : If an item is marked on-demand required, all orders containing that item must be purchased On-Demand, except if purchased with manual invoice and/or paid with manual payment.
# If an account has an On-Demand options, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only provide on-demand options
# If an account has an On-Demand options, background processing will only use those options
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only support on-demand options.
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, background processing will fail, adding an account note with alert and send email to admin, but not customer.
# Invoice Manager manual payment will not be limited in anyway, but should include a message showing the administrator if an item in the order has this setting
# My Account payment screen follows the api call restrictions listed here.
; 81 api.getAccountStatus includes account payOptions
* payOption.Id - that can be used in api.payOrder()
* payOption.Name - that can be displayed to the customer
* payOption.isAch - true/false if this is an ACH option
; 82 - api.getSiteStatus : returns the state of allowACHPayments reflected on the appropriate payment processor
; 83 - cancel dependent recurring purchases : If a recurring purchase is cancelled, any recurring purchase with it marked as a dependency is automatically cancelled.
; 84 - Pay Method Compatibility set Billing Allowed, OnLine Payment Form : If any account purchases an item marked Billing Allowed, the online payment form includes a bill my account option.
; 85* - Pay Method Compatibility set Billing Allowed : If any account purchases an item marked Billing Allowed, the account is invoiced as Bill and Fulfill on Payment. When the invoice is paid, fulfilment occurs.
; 86 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Required, OnLine Payment Form : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the online payment form only offers On-Demand options.
; 87 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Required : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the invoice must be paid by and On-Demand method.
; 88 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Preferred, OnLine Payment Form : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the invoice must be paid by and On-Demand method.
* if the purchase fails, the invoice is left unpaid and an error message is returned.
; 89 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Preferred : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the invoice must be paid by and On-Demand method.
* if the purchase fails, the invoice is created but left unpaid, to be retried later
; 90 - transaction Unprocessed-Credit-Card handling : Verify the field is clear if a valid processor is selected, and is set if Accept-unprocessed is selected
; 91 - API call billOrder() forces Bill PayMethod : verify
; 92 - API call billAndFulfillOrder() forces Bill-and-fulfill PayMethod : verify
; 93 - Close a parent account closes subaccounts : verify
; 94 - Cancel a parent account membership cancels subaccount memberships : verify

; 95 - API addAccountNote
; 96 - API addAccountOnDemandMethod
; 97 - API addAccountOrganization
; 98 - API addAccountUser
; 99 - API addMembershipKitFulfillment
; 100 - API addOrderItem
; 101 - API billAndFulfillOrder
; 102 - API billOrder
; 103 - API calculateOrder
; 104 - API cancelInvoice
; 105 - API cancelMembership
; 106 - API cancelSubscription
; 107 - API chargeOrder
; 108 - API closeAccount
; 109 - API createAccount
; 110 - API createOrder - if the application supports multiple seller accounts, a sellerAccountId is required
; 111 - API deleteSubscription
; 112 - API getAccountBillingContact
; 113 - API getAccountPayMethod
; 114 - API getAccountPrimaryContact
; 115 - API getAccountStatus
; 116 - API getChargesAndPayments
; 117 - API getInvoice
; 118 - API getOnlinePaymentFields
; 119 - API getOnlinePaymentFieldsForAccount
; 120 - API getOpenOrderId
; 121 - API getOrderDetails
; 122 - API getOrderShipOptionSelect
; 123 - API getShipCharge
; 124 - API getShipOptionSelect
; 125 - API getSiteStatus
; 126 - API getTransactions
; 127 - API getUserAccountId
; 128 - API getUserAccountList
; 129 - API payOrder
; 130 - API payOrdersByOnlinePaymentFields
; 131 - API removeAccountOrganization
; 132 - API removeAccountUser
; 133 - API setAccountBillingContact
; 134 - API setAccountOnDemandMethod
; 135 - API setAccountOnDemandMethodSecondary
; 136 - API setAccountPayMethod
; 137 - API setAccountPrimaryContact
; 138 - API setOrderAccount
; 139 - API setOrderPaid
; 140 - API setOrderPromotionalDiscount
; 141 - API setOrderShipMethod
; 142 - API setOrderUser
; 143 - API verifyAccount

==Use Cases==
These are the accepted use cases for the project.
=== Manage Accounts ===
Use Account Manager to create accounts, manage account details, and add users and organizations.
<blockquote>
; Add an Account : An administrator can add an account, go to the account list and click [add] button. Enter a name for the account and [save]
; Add a User to an account : You first add a user to the system, then add the user to the account. A user can be added directly to the account (an individual user), or they can be added to an organization and the organization can be added to the account (a company user). To add an individual user, go to the Account User tab and click [add]. To add a company user, go to the organization tab and add an organization. All people with this organization set will show in the account user tab.
; Add an organization to an account : On the Organization table of account details, use the add button to add an organization. This adds all the organization's people to the account details people tab.
; Add a Primary Contact : To add a primary contact, go to the account details tab and select them from the list of account users.
; Add a Billing Contact : To add a billing contact, go to the account details tab and select them from the list of account users
</blockquote>

=== Account Charge Methods ===
Set an account charge method on the account details screen. There are four: No Payment Necessary, Pay On-Demand, Bill and Fulfill on Payment, Bill and Fulfill Now.
<blockquote>
; No Payment Necessary Purchases : If an account is set to No Payment Necessary, all purchases will be automatically paid without accepting customer payment. This includes online purchases, manual invoices and automatic batch invoice payments.
; Pay On-Demand : This is the default charge method for new accounts. All purchases require payment when they are charged.
; Bill and Fulfil on Payment : When the purchase is made, an invoice is sent to the customer. Fulfilment does not occur until payment is made.
; Bill and Fulfill Now : When the purchase is made, an invoice is sent to the customer and Fulfillment occurs immediately. An amount must be set in the Credit Limit field in an account in order for the account to use this charge method.
</blockquote>

=== Account Notification Methods ===
Set an account notification method on the account details screen. There are four: Email, Fax, Print Queue, Email and Print Queue.
<blockquote>
; Email : All invoices and other notifications will be emailed to the account contact.
; Fax : All invoices and other notifications will be faxed to the account contact.
; Print and Mail Queue : All invoices and other notifications will be sent to the print queue to be printed and mailed.
; Email and Print Queue : All invoices and other notifications will be emailed to the account contact and also sent to the print queue to be printed as necessary.
</blockquote>

=== Charging to an account ===
When a customer purchases, they use the account set in their people record regardless in which account(s) they may be be included. Being included in the users tab of an account gives those uses access to the benefits of a purchase, such as being added to a subscription group or a membership group. To be allows to purchase on the account, each person can have one and only one purchasing account set in their people record.
<blockquote>
; Purchase on your Billing Account : When a person purchases online, they use the account set in their people record under billing.
; Purchasing without a Billing Account : If the Ecommerce Setting "Create Ecommerce Account Automatically" is checked, an account will be created automatically for the customer when they purchase online. Otherwise the customer cannot purchase online.
; Purchasing with a closed account : If the Ecommerce Setting "Create Ecommerce Account Automatically" is checked, an account will be created automatically for the customer when they purchase online. Otherwise the customer cannot purchase online.
</blockquote>

=== Orders and Invoices ===
An order is a list of services and items to be sold to a customer. Online it is represented by a shopping cart. When the order is charged to the customer it is called an Invoice and can no longer be modified. When an Invoice is paid, it becomes a receipt and can no longer be cancelled.
<blockquote>
; Uncharged Orders : When a customer adds items to their shopping cart, the order remains uncharged. For online ordering with on-demand payment methods, the order remains uncharged until it is paid. For all other cases, an order is first charged, then paid.
; Charged Orders (Invoices) : When an order is charged, it becomes an invoice with a due date based on the customer's charge method.
; Paid Orders (Paid Invoices / Receipts) : When an order is paid, it becomes a receipt.
</blockquote>

=== Account Statements, Balances and Invoices ===
An Invoice represents a charge to the account. The account statement reflects the status of an account at a particular moment.
<blockquote>
; Add an invoice to a Statement : Add an unpaid invoice to a billing account (Bill and Fulfill) and it appears on the statement, increasing the account balance.
; Pay an Invoice to remove it from a statement : When an invoice is paid, it is removed from the account statement.
</blockquote>

=== Closed Accounts ===
When an account is closed, it can no longer be used, but its history and settings are preserved.
<blockquote>
; Close an account: You can close an account from the account list by selecting the account and clicking [Close Selected Accounts]. You can close an account from the account details page with the close account button.
; Unpaid Invoices and Recurring Purchases are canceled : When an account is closed, its open invoices and recurring purchases are cancelled.
; Use of a closed account : Users with a closed account set cannot use it. If they attempt to purchase online, a new account will be created for them.
; Re-Open a Closed Account : Locate the account in the account list by filtering for closed accounts. Edit the account and change the account status to open. Users who have not created new accounts will be able to use the account again.
</blockquote>

=== Membership Accounts ===
Membership Accounts are accounts that have a Membership Type set.
<blockquote>
; Create a membership type : A membership type is a type of item. Create a membership type in Membership Manager. Only a name is required.
; Create a Membership Account : Add an account to the system and set their membership type.
; Add a Membership Group to a Membership Type : Edit the membership type and on the subscriptions tab, set the group. All users in Membership accounts to the this membership type will be added to this membership group.
; Add an expiration to a membership type : Edit the membership type and on the subscriptions group, set the subscription duration. Existing membership accounts will not be changed. When this membership type is next purchased, the account's membership expiration will be set based on the duration set in the membership type.
; Membership auto renewal : Edit the membership type and on the subscription tab, set the membership to renew on expiration. This will create a recurring purchase record of every account set to this membership type with an expiration date. The recurring purchase will be set as "charged through" the account's expiration date.
; All Account Users are added to the Membership Group : All people in the user table of account details are automatically added to the membership group with the membership expiration date. If you add an individual user to the account, they are automacally added to the Membership Group. If you add an organization to the membership, all the organization's users are added to the Account, and to the Membership Group
; Membership Groups can only be set to people who are users in a Membership Account : When a person is removed from the people tab of an account, they are automatically removed from the membership group for the account
</blockquote>

=== Automatic Billing ===
Account Manager automatically charges customers for recurring purchases, and automatically pays outstanding invoices for accounts setup as On-Demand
<blockquote>
; Set the automatic billing time of day : Use Ecommerce Settings to set the time of day when automatic bill occurs.
; Recurring Purchases control automatic charges : To create an automatic charge, add a recurring purchase to the account. If the charged-through date is blank, the account will be charged on the next batch. Otherwise, the next purchase date will be determined by the "charged-Through" date.
; Recurring purchase for On Demand Accounts : On Demand Accounts are charged on the "charged-Through" date.
; Recurring purchase for Billing Accounts : Both Bill and Fulfill Now and Bill and Fulfill on Payment are charged on or before the "charged-Through" date, based on "Pre-bill days for billing accounts" set in Ecommerce Settings.
</blockquote>

=== Invoice Payments ===
There are several ways an account can pay for an invoice.
<blockquote>
; On-Demand Payments : When an account is configured as on-Demand and has a valid On-Demand payment option configured, an invoice charged to the account is paid by the primary on-demand method first. If that fails, it is paid by the secondary on-demand payment method. If that fails, all others are attempted.
; One-Time On-Demand Payments : An online payment by credit card or echeck is considered a One-Time on-demand payment. When a one-time payment fails, the order is not converted into an invoice and can be abandonded or modified. Since no invoice is created, the charge is not retried.
</blockquote>

===Pre 2016===
# Test Setup
## Item: Leaves
##* Set a name, a unit price, no subscription
##* GL, Post Method = Normal (should be default), Defer Account = Deferred Income, Income Account= Leaves Income
## Item: Rock (Proforma)
##* Set a name, a unit price, no subscription
##* GL, Post Method = Proforma, Defer Account = Deferred Income, Income Account = Rock Income
## Item: Test Meeting
##* Set a name, a unit price, no subscription
##* GL, Post Method = Defer Date, Defer Date = A Future Date, Defer Account = Deferred Income, Income Account = Meeting Income
## Account: House
## Account: On-Demand-With-Card
## Account: Bill-Ship-Now
## Account: Bill-Ship-On-Payment
# Test Verification
## Valid Unpaid Invoice
### Go to Account > Purchase History > Verify Invoice Row Complete
### Go to Account > Purchase History > click on invoice number > Verify Invoice displays correctly
### Go to Account > Transactions > Verify one row for new charge
## Valid Cash Payment
### (how to validate a cash payment)
## Valid Check Payment
### (how to validate a check payment)
## Valid Credit Payment
### (how to validate a credit card/ach payment)
# Test Tools
## Test Create Invoice Tool - this is just to test basic functionality. Transactions will be tested separately.
### Payment Methods
#### Charge the account -
##### Charge and order to the On-Demand-With-Card account. It should create a paid invoice.
##### Charge and order to the Bill-No-Ship account. It should create an unpaid invoice.
#### Bill the order but do not pay
##### Charge and order to the On-Demand-With-Card account. It should create an unpaid invoice.
#### Create the order but do not bill
##### Charge and order to the On-Demand-With-Card account. It should create an uncharged invoice.
### Shipping Charges
#### Set no shipping charge - charge to account Bill-No-Ship. Verify no shipping charges
#### Set a shipping charge - charge to account Bill-No-Ship. Verify the shipping charges
### Invoice Messages
##### Verify the unpaid message appears on unpaid invoices
##### Verify the paid message appears on paid invoices
### Line Item options
#### Quantity - Required
#### Item - Optional
#### General Ledger Account - overrides item's GL Account
#### Price - overrides item's GL Account. Required if no Item.
#### Description - Required if no Item
#### Quantity - Required
## Test Enter Payments Tool
## Test Create Credit Tools
## Test Create Charge Tool
## Test Process Batch Tool
## Test Export Data Tool
## Test Item Features
### Subscriptions
### Bundling
### Inventory
### Fulfillment Notification
# Testing Transactions
## Bill Fulfill on Payment Account
### Manual invoice + Cash Payment
#### Single Item Order
##### GL Post: Normal
#####* After charge, verify account balance + AR + verify invoice + account transactions + gl transactions
#####* After payment, verify account balance + AR + verify paid invoice + account transactions + gl transactions
##### GL Post: Proforma
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Term
#### Single Item Order Plus Tax and Shipping
##### GL Post: Normal
##### GL Post: Proforma
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Term
#### Combination Item Order
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date + Proforma Defer Term
#### Bundled Item Order
##### GL Post: Normal + Normal
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date + Proforma Defer Term
### Manual invoice + Check Payment
### Manual invoice + Credit Payment
### Manual invoice + Deposit Payment
## On Demand Account
## Bill and Fulfill Account
## House Account
#Settings#
==Revision History==
===January 15, 2016===
* Added Transaction Memo field to Manual Cash Payments to assist when entering non-traditional payments.
* Further clarified the use of capital letters, hash tags, parentheses, and brackets in account transaction descriptions.
* Added a setting to let admin set the time of day for the batch to run.
** Sentences start with capital letter
** square brackets wrap system generated items and enumerations, such as transaction numbers. The brackets provide clarification for empty lists and leading/trailing spaces.
** parentheses set off structurally independent details, such as check numbers and cash memos
** Hash tags (#) are not needed in front of numbers as they take up real estate and provide no additional information.
* fix: Applying a single deposit to an invoice did not work
* fix: transactions dates that include no time portion (now possible with the manual payment transaction date) are not included in the daily summary.
===February 25, 2016===
* bugfix: Log fills with invoiceId line
* bugfix: if you have multiple credit cards and the first fails, and the second passes, the transaction is marked failed and is retried.
===April 8, 2016===
* Added ability to add/modify each tab and feature list item so each customer can have custom reports
* Converted subscriptions to account/org/user as memberships had been, so a subscription puts everyone in the account in the subscription group (for division requirement)
* Migrated all membership and subscription account verification to ecommerce api and now called from membership.
* UX update for Visibility of System Status. Button hovers and navigation highlights.
===May 6, 2016===
* Added Deferral Report to Invoice Manager
* Added Pay Method Compatibility items
* Added ability to pay and invoice with a combination of previous deposits and a current payment.
* Removed No Charged invoices from Invoice Manager list
* Bugfix - account hold should only apply to batch payments

Invoice Manager

2021-03-21T02:04:33Z

Admin:

Invoice Manager provides the underlying framework for most online transactions, including Account Management, automated billing, account reporting, and asset reporting. It includes both automated and manual billing features. Other addon collections such as the Ecommerce Cart and Membership Manager use the common Invoice Manager framework to provide a consistent commerce and reporting interface.
==Getting Started==
To install Invoice Manager please contact Contensive.

To use Invoice Manager, go to the /admin backend and open tools in the Navigator. Click Invoice Manager to open.

To Add an account, click the Add button on the main account list page. Enter at least a unique account name and hit save. To modify an existing account, click on the account in the account list to screen see the account detail screen. Account features can be edited here, and more advanced features are accessible through the Edit link. Account contacts listed on the account detail screen can be selected from anyone associated with the account. To edit account contact details, click the edit next to the name.

== Terms ==
; Account : The entity with which transactions are made.
; Account user : A person listed in the Users tab of the Account screen. Everyone in this list receives account subscriptions.
; Account purchaser : An account user who can purchase online using the account's purchasing rights. This is controlled by setting the account drop-down in the person's record. All account purchasers should also be added to the account users list. The system will automatically, periodically add all purchasers to the account user's list.
; Account Terms : Days to Pay (for billing accounts only) -- this is the number of days after the purchase date that the customer has to pay.
; Account Transaction : A log that records previous transactions.
; Account Transaction Document : A list of Account Transactions exported as as one group.
; Anniversary Date : The anniversary date is the upcoming date which represents another year of membership. When the account pays for a membership invoice that covers a period beginning on or past the Anniversary Date, the Anniversary Date is automatically set to the next year and the account is added to the Membership Kit Fulfillment report. For example, if the Anniversary Date is 2/5/2010 and a membership invoice is paid which covers 2/1 to 2/28, the Anniversary Date does NOT change. In this case, the next invoice covering 3/1/2010 to 3/30/2010 would automatically change the Anniversary Date to 2/5/2011. Another example, if the Anniversary Date is 5/1/2012 and a membership invoice is paid that covers 5/1/2012 to 5/31/2012, then the Anniversary date DOES change because this invoice period begins on (or after) the Anniversary Date.
; Anonymous Account : Can be enabled in settings. When enabled, this account is used for anonymous purchases. This means if a component that uses ecommerce allows users to purchase without authenticating, those purchases will be tracked on the anonymous account. Users cannot access the account, it cannot hold payment options, and it cannot include subscriptions.
; Completed Order : An order that the customer has indicated is ready to purchase.
; Canceled Order : An unpaid order that is marked to cancel
; Cancellation Grace Period : Settable in Membership Settings, this is the number of days after the Grace Period that the account will remain expired and users will NOT have site privileges before the membership is cancelled, and membership invoices are cancelled.
; Certification : An ongoing process of maintaining a certified status for a field. Ecommerce provides a mechanism for maintaining certification in multiple fields.
; Certificate : A one-time achievement of successfully completing a course. Ecommerce provides a mechanism for providing certificates in multiple fields.
; Charged Through Date : This is the last date that has been charged to a subscription or membership. If the charge is paid, this is the last date that the subscription is valid. The subscription expires on the next day, which means the subscription is expired and cannot be used on the next day.
; Deferred Transactions : When an invoice is paid, an account transaction is created. If the item has been configured with a differed transaction, a payment transaction is created between revenue and the deferment G/L account and deferred transactions are created in the Account Deferred Transactions table with future dates. For each deferred transactions, on its date, it will be removed and an equivalent account transaction will be created. Items are configured to create deferred transactions by specifying the deferment account, the deferment date, and the number of deferment transactions needed. For instance, you can defer a meeting payment until the meeting date, or defer an annual membership payment to show membership income on a monthly basis.
; Due Date : when payment is expected.
; Expiration Date : The last date of the current membership's period. On the following day, this account will be expired if it is not renewed. The Grace Period starts on the day after the Expiration Date. The Cancellation Grace period starts the day after the Grace period. For example, if a membership expires on March 15th, the membership is valid on March 15th, and is expired on march 16th.
; Fulfillment : The process of delivering goods to the customer as a result of an order.
; Grace period : Settable in Membership Settings, this is the number of days after the account expires the users still have access to membership privileges. When the Grace Period is over, users will be removed from groups.
; Invoice : The document generated from an order record, generally unpaid.
; Invoice Date : the date that the order is billed.
; Items : Things that can be purchased.
; Join Date : The date when the account last purchased a membership type and previously had no membership type. If an account has no membership type, and one is purchased, this date is set. It is not set for renewing accounts. However, if a membership has been cancelled and then the account rejoins as a member, the Join Date is reset to the rejoin date and the expiration date will be set based on the membership period and the new join date.
; Membership Account : An account from Invoice Manager, that has a valid Membership Type set
; Membership Cancelled Date : This is the date that the account's membership was cancelled.
; Membership Request Cancellation Date : This is the date what the account has requested its membership should be cancelled.
; Membership Types : A membership type is a special case of an item. When purchased, the membership type is saved in the account record enabling membership features such as the subscription group. An account can only have one membership type at a time so purchasing another will change the account to the new membership type. If the membership type has a subscription type, a membership expiration and a subscription will be added to the account. If the subscription type is empty or perpetual, there will be no expiration date. This account subscription will be managed by the system to automatically renew the membership on the account's membership expiration date. In this case, the term of the new membership is determined by the membership type's subscription type, either periodic, calendar or perpetual.
; On-Demand Payment : This means the payment is required before services are fulfilled. on demand payments are credit card and e-check. An account with On-Demand payment method
; Order : represents a purchase in any stage of completion.
; Paid Order : A completed order that is paid
; Payment Method : Accounts are set to one of four possible payment methods, No-Payment, On-Demand, Bill and Fulfill Now (Credit), and Bill and Fulfill on Payment (Billing).
; Pay Method Compatibility : Some items are only compatible with some payment methods. Use it to manipulate the pay method used when purchasing this item. For instance, if an account is set to On-Demand and they purchase an item set as Allow Billing, then the invoice can be billed and fulfillment will occur when the item is paid.
<blockquote>
<ul>
<li>Any Method - (default) When an item is set to Any Method, the Pay Method used will be from the Account.</li>
<li>On-Demand If Available - If all items in the invoice are set to this method and the account has an on-demand method (credit card or echeck), the invoice will be paid with that method. Otherwise, the account's method will be used.</li>
<li>On-Demand Required - If any item in the invoice is set to this method, the invoice must be paid with an on-demand method</li>
<li>Billing Allowed - If all items in the invoice are set to this method, the invoice can be billed even though the account may be set to on-demand</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
; Payment Options : Payment options are the choices available for payment to users of an account. An account may have two credit cards on file. If a user of the account came online to purchase, they could choose from either of these payment options.
; Prebill Days : (for recurring purchases and billing accounts only ) -- this is the number of days before the purchase date that the recurring purchase is to be invoiced.
; Purchase Date : For credit card purchases, this is just the date of the purchase. For billing, this is the date that the purchase should take place. For instance, for a service, this is the date the service will start. For a membership, this is when the membership starts. For online purchases, this is the date of purchase. For recurring purchases with no pre-bill period this is the invoice date.
; Receipt : The document generated from an order record, generally paid.
; Subscription Item : An item that adds account users into a subscription group. The details of the subscription are configured in the subscriptions tab of the item, like if it expires and it is renews.
; Subscription Duration Days : The number of full days (midnight to midnight EST) granted for a subscription.
; Subscription Duration Months : The number of months granted for a subscription, starting at the next midnight.
; Subscription Renewal Notification : An email sent to On-Demand accounts in advance of a subscription renewal. This notification is optional.
; Subscriptions (a.k.a. Recurring Purchase) : Subscription items purchased by an account. A list of subscriptions is maintained for each account. A subscription is added when a subscription item is purchased. If a subscription includes a group, it is used to verify all account users are put in the group. A subscription can also initiate a new customer charge if the subscription item is marked to renew on expiration. If a subscription is cancelled, the user will be removed from the group and any outstanding invoices for the subscription item will be cancelled when housekeeping runs.

== Roles ==
; Administrator : The site user with administrator rights who configures and maintains the ecommerce system.
; User : Anyone with a record in the People table.
; Customer : The user who purchases online, creating an invoice, paying, etc.
; Account Primary Contact : The user selected as the contact for the account.
; Account Customers : Users with the account selected in the billing tab of their people record. These people can purchase online using the account.
; Billing Contact : The user selected in the Accounts Billing Contact. This user receives account notifications such as invoices and statements
; Carbon Copy Contact : (Optional) The user who receives a duplicate of all notifications.
; Ecommerce Contacts : Anyone added as either Account Primary Contact or Billing Contact is automatically added to a group with this name. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with this name will be created.
; Ecommerce Payment Problem : When a credit card fails, the account contacts are automatically added to a group with this name. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with this name will be created. When a credit card succeeds, the account contacts are removed from this group.
; Ecommerce Credit Card Contacts : All account contacts are added to this group if the account has a credit card. When a credit card succeeds, the account contacts are removed from this group. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with this name will be created.
; Ecommerce Administrator Group : In settings, you can select any group to be the ecommerce administrators group. People in this group receive notifications for the ecommerce system. If that group is deleted or renamed, a new group with the name "Ecommerce Administrators" will be created and selected.

== How-To ==
These are typical procedures that help with general tasks.

===How to Set Up a Payment Processor===
On-Demand payments are processed directly to a payment processor with either a credit card or echeck. To setup which payment processor to use:
# Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER, SETTINGS.
# Click on the ONLINE PAYMENTS tab.
# For STRIPE, select STRIPE PAYMENT PROCESSING from the SELECT PROCESSOR ADDON field drop down.
# For the other payment processors available (Verisign, Authorizenet, YourPay, My Virtual Merchant, Paypal), select the desired one from the LEGACY PAYMENT PROCESSOR MODE field.
# For the selected payment processor, click on the tab that corresponds with the processor name.
# In the STRIPE tab, you would check the TEST field if you are in test mode and enter the information received from Stripe for Test Secret Key, Test Publishable Key, Live Secret Key, and Live Publishable Key
# In the VERISIGN tab you will enter the server name, transaction type, tender type, verisign user name and password, vendor name and partner.
# In the AUTHORIZENET tab you will check or uncheck TEST MODE and enter the server name, user name, Authorizednet version, transaction type, check delimit request string, delimiting character, response URL, transaction key, echeck type.
# In the YOURPAY tab you will enter the server name, server port, key local fiel path, store key and type of transaction.
# In the MYVIRTUALMERCHANT tab you will enter the server name, check/uncheck test mode, enter type of transaction, merchant ID, merchant user ID and merchant pin.
# To enable PayPal, in the ONLINE PAYMENTS tab, you will check the box next to INCLUDE PAYPAL BUTTON and enter the PayPal Businees Name, post URL and currency code. You can also check the PayPal Test Mode box with the test URL and test business name.
#When you are done setting up the payment processor, click OK to save changes.

===How to Add New Items===
Items are products and services purchased.
# Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
# Click the DATA tab at the top of the screen.
# Click on ITEMS.
# Click ADD at the top of the screen.
# Go through each tab to set the item up. [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Invoice_Manager#Managing_Items_and_Item_Categories Click for More Information on Managing Items]
# To enable an email upon purchase of an item, compose the email in [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Managing_Email System Email] and then in the item's PURCHASE tab, select the email from the "System Email Sent on Purchase" field. Click OK to save.
# To enable an email upon renewal of an item, compose the email in [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Managing_Email System Email] and then in the item's SUBSCRIPTION tab, select the email from the "System Email Sent on Renew" field. Click OK to save.

===How to setup Subscription Renewal Notifications===
A subscription renewal notifications can be sent optionally to accounts before subscription items are renewed.
# Renewal notifications are sent to the billing contact of an accounts. Go to account details and verify the billing contact is selected and has a valid email address.
# Go to ecommerce settings, notifications tab and set the Subscription Renewal Notification Period to the number of days ahead of charging you want to notify the user. Leave blank to disable notifications
# Also in the Notifications tab, set the email body you would like to send. The following text will be replaced when the email is sent:
#* $item$ is replaced with the name of the subscription item
#* $name$ is replaced with the name of the billing contact
# Go to the subscription tab of the item and verify Send Renewal Notification is checked.
# The renewal notification is only sent once during the renewal phase, so verify the subscriptions Date of Last Renewal Notice is either blank, or set to a period prior to the current renewal cycle.

===How to create a link directly to Subscriptions or Profile?===
Create a link alias for the page that contains the My Account addon. In this example we will assume /MyAccount is the link alias you created, so the link to the my account addon page will be http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount .

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?profile will take the user to the profile form

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?subscriptions will take the user to the manage subscriptions form

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?payment will take the user to the payment form

http://www.mySite.com/MyAccount?history will take the user to the account history form

===How to apply a credit memo===
A credit memo is reversal of a charge and not a payment. Create an invoice when a service is rendered. Create a payment when the customer pays for an invoice. If the service was never rendered, you can cancel the invoice. But if the service was partially rendered and you need to return part of the invoice you have two options, either cancel the invoice and create a new invoice for the corrected service, or create a credit memo that reverses the undelivered portion of the invoice.

You apply the credit memo at the time the remainder of the invoice is paid. So if you create an invoice for $100 for services rendered, then only deliver $60 worth of the services, you can create a credit memo for $40. When the customer pays the $60, go to the Manual Payments tool, enter the payment of $60 and apply it to the $100 invoice and the $40 Credit memo.

===How to set up Promotional Discounts===
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click the DATA tab and then PROMOTIONAL DISCOUNTS.
#Click ADD to add a new one or click on an existing one to edit it.
#In the DETAILS tab enter the NAME of the discount, the CODE to enter to receive the discount
#In the DISCOUNT % tab enter the percentage discount that applies to items in an order.
#In the DISCOUNT VOUCHER tab enter the "Original Amount" which is the total amount of the voucher. Then as this amount is applied, the field for "Amount Spent" will be updated to reflect the value that has been spent from the Original Amount. Once the Amount Spent equals the Original Amount there is no further discount applied.
#If there is a Discount and Voucher entered for a Promotional Discount Code, the percent will be applied, then the voucher amount will be applied. On the invoice in the account, there will be an italicized descriptive line to detail the percentage or discount amount applied to that invoice.
#In the ITEMS tab, check APPLIES TO ALL ITEMS or check the specific items that get the discount.
#Click OK to save changes.

===How to set up Sales Tax===
To set up a sales tax for any state where it is required for a business:
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click the DATA tab and then STATES.
#Find the state you want to edit and click the paper/pencil icon next to it.
#In the SALES TAX PERCENTAGE field, enter the sales tax for the state (for a rate of 5% enter 5).
#Click OK to save changes.

===How to add a new account===
Login and go to ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
Click ADD at the top of the ACCOUNT LIST.
Type in the ACCOUNT NAME and click OK.

Go to account list in INVOICE MANAGER.
Find the new account and open it.
In the ORGANIZATIONS tab add the organization associated with the account.
Then in the DETAILS tab you will see a list of all people associated with the organization in the PRIMARY CONTACT and BILLING CONTACT fields. Select one in each field and also set up the CHARGE METHOD, BILLING TERMS and NOTIFICATION METHOD. Click SAVE.

===How to set a credit limit===
If an account's Charge Method is set to Bill and Fulfill Now, you must set up a credit limit in the Account.
Enter the amount of credit in the Credit Limit field on the Account Details screen and click SAVE.
Note: If the field has 0 or is blank then the account will have no credit available. The outstanding credit will be the credit limit minus any balance remaining on outstanding unpaid invoices.

===Create Manual Invoice===
To create a manual invoice, login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERECE, INVOICE MANAGER. 
Next select the TOOLS tab and click on CREATE INVOICE. 

Here you will select the account, give the invoice a title (for internal use only), choose payment type, what to do if the credit card fails, and set a shipping charge (optional). 
You will also be able to include a custom message on the invoice when it is unpaid and after it is paid. 
Finally you will select an item and quantity, or you can enter an item description and price for something not currently in the system. 
Click CREATE INVOICE to generate the invoice.

===Creating Manual Charges or Credits===
Then select CREATE CREDIT MEMO, CREATE ACCOUNT CHARGE or CREATE MANUAL INVOICE. In each case you will select the account from the drop down menu. In each case you will enter the amount and all other information requested. Click the "CREATE" button at the bottom of the screen to create the desired charge or credit.

Here you can enter a custom message in the UNPAID INVOICE MESSAGE and PAID INVOICE MESSAGE fields. When you open the invoice, you will see the messages you created.

You can also use the TOOLS tab to process a batch of pending transactions by clicking on PROCESS BATCH.

===How to Close Accounts===
Click on the MANAGE ADD-ONS folder. Next click on the MEMBERSHIP MANAGER folder and then click on MEMBERSHIP MANAGER. From here you will click on the INVOICE MANAGER tab. You will see a list of all accounts or only open accounts if you check the OPEN ONLY box. To close any accounts, click the check box by the account name and click on CLOSE ACCOUNT from the menu.

===Sending Manual Invoices or Statements.===
If you need to send a manual invoice or statement, click on the MANAGE ADD-ONS folder. Next click on the MEMBERSHIP MANAGER folder and then click on MEMBERSHIP MANAGER. From here you will click on the INVOICE MANAGER tab. Next click on the NAME of the account and the PURCHASE HISTORY tab for that account. Click on the box next to any invoices you want to send and then click SEND INVOICES. If you want to send a statement, which shows all outstanding charges for the account, click the SEND STATEMENT button.

If you need to send statements to multiple accounts, click on ECOMMERCE and then INVOICE MANAGER. Place a check in the box next to all accounts you want to receive a statement. Next click SEND STATEMENTS.

===How to change an account primary or billing contact.===
Open invoice manager, locate the account in the list and click the edit icon. On the details tab are select lists for the account primary contact and the account billing contact. Choose someone from this list and click save.

These select lists include everyone in the users' tab for the account plus the person currently selected in the drop-down. That means if you select someone and later they are removed from the users' list, they will remain in the contact list until you select a replacement.

===How to add someone to the account primary or billing contact.===
Open invoice manager, locate the account in the list and click the edit icon. Go to the User's tab and verify the person has been added to the account. If they have not, click the add button and add them to the users list and click save.

On the details tab are select lists for the account primary contact and the account billing contact. Choose someone from this list and click save.

===How to remove someone from an account.===
There are four possible associations between a person and an account that should be verified.
# If they are the primary or billing contact, you must select someone else.
# If they are an individual member, you must remove them from the account on the account's User page.
# If they are a company member, you have to edit their people record and change (or remove) the organization.
# In rare cases, they may be configured to purchase online with the account. Change their billing account in their people record in the billing tab.

Open invoice manager, locate the account in the list and click the edit icon. If the person is the billing or primary contact, select a replacement and click save.

Go to the User's tab and locate the person. Click edit to open the person's People record. Verify their organization is set correctly (remove from the account's organization if necessary). On the Billing tab, verify the Account is selected correctly (remove from the account if necessary).

Click OK on the people record should return you to the invoice manager page. If not, go to invoice manager and select the account.

Go to the user's tab. If the person was an individual user (associated to the account as an individual not as a company employee), you can remove them by checking the box next to their name and clicking Remove Selected User.

=== How to Manage Your Account Profile in My Account===
The Account Profile page stores your name, email, password, phone and photo. Click on the person icon to change any of those account fields. Click SAVE when you are done.

=== How to Manage Groups In My Account ===
You can manage various group types through My Account.

====First set up Group Type====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, GROUP TYPES.
#Click ADD to add a new group type or click the paper/pencil icon to edit a group type.
#In the DETAILS tab, enter a name for your group type, such as Committees.
#In the MY ACCOUNT tab, check INCLUDE IN MY ACCOUNT to allow people to join this group type in MY ACCOUNT.
#If there is an expiration time period for this group, set the EXPIRATION METHOD as Periodic (set the # of days or months) or Calendar (set a specific day and month each year).
#Click OK to save changes.

====Next set up the Groups====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click MANAGE USERS, GROUPS.
#Click ADD to add a new group or click the paper/pencil icon to edit a group.
#Enter the group NAME and CAPTION (such as Safety Committee) and select the GROUP TYPE if any.
#Check the box next to the field "Allow Public Join".
#Click OK to save changes.

====Set up Notifications for Group Joins====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click MANAGE EMAIL and SYSTEM EMAIL.
#Open the email named GROUP JOIN NOTIFICATION EMAIL.
#Go to the SEND TO GROUPS tab.
#Click on the name of the group you want to be notified every time someone joins a group through My Account.
#Click OK to save changes.

When a user clicks on MY ACCOUNT, they can click on the Manage Groups icons to join any group that is marked as "Allow Public Join". To join a specific group, they wll click on the check box next to that group and click SAVE. When anyone joins a new group, a notification email is sent to the group specified in the Group Join Notification email.

=== How to Manage Online Payments In My Account ===
Click the $ icon to get to this page. The Online Payments page shows current invoices outstanding. On this page you can choose to pay one or more invoices by selecting the invoices you wish to pay and then entering credit card information and clicking MAKE PAYMENT.

=== How to Manage Updating Payment Information in My Account ===
Click on the credit card icon to get to this page. The Update Payment Information page is where you can store and edit information about your payment methods, including credit cards and online checks (if enabled). Click ADD to add a new payment method, and click on a payment method to edit any information included about that payment type. Click SAVE when you are done adding or changing information.

=== How to Search Account History in My Account ===
Click on the clock icon to get to the Account History page, which shows information about all of your previous invoices and payments.

=== How to Manage Staff in My Account ===
Click on the people icon to manage staff if you are authorized to perform this function. You can add new users by clicking on ADD USER or edit existing users by selecting them and clicking UPDATE. After you add or edit users, click SAVE to store your changes. You can also delete users from your account by checking the box next to their name and clicking UPDATE. This action will also delete the user's People Record from the system.

=== How to Manage Organizations in My Account ===
Click on the organization icon to update organization information if you are authorized to perform this function. You can update the company name, address, phone number, web, email or annual revenue amount. You can also upload a new logo. After you add or edit information, click CLOSE to store your changes. NOTE: This section is only visible if the account has organizations associated with it.

=== How to Manage Certificates and Certifications in My Account ===
Click on the Certification icon to update CEU credits for a specific certificate or certification. 
'''NOTE: In order for the Certifications/Certificate icon to appear under My Account, the box must be checked next to the field "Include Certifications" in the My Account tab of Ecommerce Settings.'''

 
==== How to Add New Certificates or Certification Types ====
*Login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE.
*If there is not yet an item set up for your certificate or certification, then follow instructions below; otherwise proceed to the next step in the process.
**Click ITEMS and ADD.
**Enter the ITEM NAME in the Name field.
**In the Catalog tab make sure "Appears in Catalog" is NOT checked and Category is set to NONE.
**In the GL field set the "General Ledger Post method to INCOME.
**In the Pricing field set the price in the "Regular Price" field.
**Click OK to save the item.

*After you have an item set up, select either the Certificate Type or Certification Types table.
*Click ADD to add a new record or click the paper/pencil icon to edit an existing record.
*Add the Certificate or Certification Name, the Required CECs and the Item; for CERTIFICATIONS also enter # of years the certification is valid and Designation (suffix added to user name in SUFFIX field with this certification).
*'''For certificates, upload a PDF of the certificate.'''
*At this point all users will see the certificates that have been entered; certifications must be entered for each user as outlined in the next section.
*Click OK to save changes.

====How to Add New Certifications====
*Login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE.
* Then select the Certifications table.
*Click ADD to add a new record or click the paper/pencil icon to edit an existing record.
*Add the Certification Name (just enter the first and last name of the user and you can also add the name of the certification type here).
*Select the Certification Type, and add the Member ID (from the user record), Date Certified, Date Recertification is necessary and Paid Order ID (if they have already paid).
*Click OK to save changes.

====The Certificate/Certification Dashboard====
*The CEC Manager dashboard page shows a list of a specific user's certificates and certifications and their current status. 
*Certifications show:
**Certification Name
**Date Certified
**Recertification Date
**Required CECs
**Actual CECs
*A button to add CECs, and if all CECs are completed a button to Pay

Note: If CEC requirements are not met and/or payment is not completed by the recertification date, then the button will say CONTACT ADMIN and the certification will be flagged as suspended.

*Certificates show:
**Certificate Name
**Required CECs
**Actual CECs
*A button to add CECs, and if all CECs are completed a button to PAY. Once payment is made the button will say Print Certificate.

'''NOTES:'''
*The "Actual CEUs" column is calculated by the system.
*The Certificate and Certifications list is linkable to the details about that certificate/certification

==== How to Add CECs====
*To add CEC credits, the user will click on the ADD CECs button next to current certificates or certifications or click on the certificate or certification name.
*This takes the user to a screen where they can upload supporting documents and enter:
**Event Name
**Event Location
**Event Sponsor
**Event Date
**Calculated CECs (round to nearest quarter hour)
*Click FINISH when you are done or ADD ANOTHER to continue adding credits.
'''NOTE: Information entered on this screen will update the Actual CECs for the applicable certificate/certification; credits will be based on a 60-minute hour. This means that a 60 minute workshop will equal 1.00 CE credit and a 75-minute workshop will equal 1.25 CE credits, etc.'''

==== How to Find and Manage Suspended and Cancelled Certifications====
*To see any suspended certifications, login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
*Click the Reports tab and then click Suspended Certifications Report
*There is a list of all user names, certification types, recertification date and reason for suspension.
*Here the admin can click APPROVE to remove the user from the Suspended Certifications Report and automatically update their recertification date or to click CANCELLED to cancel the certification.

==== System Emails Associated with Certificates and Certifications ====
'''Certificates''' 
1. '''''Certificate Approved Notification:''''' When a user surpasses the number of CECs required and pays for the certificate this email is sent to the user and the certifying organization is notified.
 
 
'''Certifications''' 
1. '''''Certification Approved Notification:''''' When a user surpasses the number of CECs required and pays for the certification this email is sent to the user and the certifying organization is notified. 
2. '''''Certification Suspended Notification:''''' When the recertification date passes for a certification and the user has not met the number of CECs required and/or has not paid for the recertification this email is sent to the user and certifying organization. 
3. '''''Certification Cancelled Notification:''''' When the certifying organization marks a suspended certification as cancelled this email is sent to the user and certifying organization. 
4. '''''Certification Upcoming Notification:''''' When a certification has 6 months left until the recertification date this email is sent to the user and certifying organization. 

==== How to Import Certifications From a CSV file====
'''The CSV file must contain the following columns'''
*1. FirstName
*2. LastName
*3. Email
*4. Program
*5. RecertificationDeadline
*6. Designation
 
'''NOTE: If you are uploading certifications with a new certification type, you must first add the Certification Type to the Certification Types table. See section above "How to Add New Certificates or Certification Types" for instructions on adding new certifications.'''
 

'''Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, WIZARDS, IMPORT WIZARD'''
*1. Select to upload a new file or use a file already uploaded and click CONTINUE
*2. Select the file in the next step and click CONTINUE
*3. Select ImportCertifications in the field "Import into an existing content table" and click CONTINUE
*4. On the "Create a New Mapping" window select the following fields in the IMPORTED FIELD next to the matching DATABASE FIELD and click CONTINUE:
1-FirstName
2-LastName
3-Email
4-Program
5-RecertificationDeadline
6-Designation
7-dateCertified
*5. In the "Update Control" window select the button "Insert all imported data, regardless of key field" and click CONTINUE
*6. On the "Finish" screen, enter your email address and click FINISH.

'''Once the CSV file is uploaded into the ImportCertifications table'''
*1. Go to Manage Add-ons, Ecommerce and select the Import Certification table
*2. Verify all fields are populated.

'''Go to Tools, and select the Certification Import Tool, then click IMPORT'''

'''When complete the words your import is complete will display'''

'''Open certification type table, verify the new certification type is entered'''

'''Open the certifications table, verify the new certifications are entered'''

'''Open the people table, Verify the people are entered with the new designation'''

=== How to Merge Duplicate Accounts ===
*Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER.
*Click on the TOOLS tab and then ACCOUNT MERGE.
*Select the SOURCE ACCOUNT (the duplicate account).
*Select the DESTINATION ACCOUNT (the account you want to keep).
*Click MERGE.
*Manually verify that the destination account has membership correctly configured by editing the account record and verifying Membership Type, Membership Status, Expiration, Join and Anniversary.
*Manually close the source account.

'''''NOTE: This tool merges members and accounting transactions from the source account to the destination account. Account information like contacts, membership details, etc. are not changed. When complete, the membership settings should be reviewed manually and the source account should be closed.'''''

=== How to Set Up Membership Dependencies ===
These instructions are for accounts, your organization will bill one account, but will have multiple organizations in that account. There will also be accounts for each of these organizations, which will not be billed and whose membership is dependent on the master account.

====Add Organizations to the Master Account====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click on TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Select the master account (such as Daseke Inc.) and click on the name to open the account.
#Click on the ORGANIZATIONS tab in that account.
#Click the ADD button and then select the organization you want to add to the current account.
#Click ADD again to complete the process.

====Keep Accounts for each dependent organization with a membership expiration date far in the future====
#Login and click ADMIN.
#Click on TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click on the DATA tab and then select ACCOUNTS.
#Find a dependent account and open the record by clicking on the paper/pencil icon next to it.
#Click on the MEMBERSHIP tab.
#In the MEMBERSHIP DEPENDENCY field, select the name of the master account (such as Daseke Inc.).
#Delete the Expiration Date.
#Click OK to save changes.
#Click on TOOLS, MEMBERSHIP MANAGER.
#On the ACCOUNT LIST, find the account you just edited and click on the name.
#Click on the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab, and make sure the subscription is for the correct membership and that it does not expire.
#Click OK to save changes.
#If there are any division memberships in the account click the checkbox next to them and click DELETE SUBSCRIPTION. Put the division membership subscriptions in the master Daseke account.

====Adding New Organizations and Setting them up as Part of a Master Account====
#Login and click MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS.
#Click ADD and enter all organization information; click OK to save the new organization.
#Follow instructions above for adding the organization to the master account.
 
NOTE: If you need to add a new organization, you will click on MANAGER USERS, ORGANIZATIONS and then click ADD. After filling out all information for the organization, click OK. Next time you go to the master account, this organization will show up in the organization drop down menu. Do not select anything in the PARENT ORGANIZATION field in the organization record; the dependency is set in the account record.

====Adding a New Placeholder Account for the New Organization====
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Click ADD.
#In the DETAILS tab, enter the account name.
#In the MEMBERSHIP tab, select the MEMBERSHIP TYPE and the MEMBERSHIP DEPENDENCY (the master account).
#Enter the Join Date.
#Click OK to save the new account.
#From the Invoice Manager Account List, open the new account.
#Click on the Organizations tab.
#Click the ADD button and then select the organization you want to add to the current account.
#Click ADD again to complete the process.

====Removing an Organization from the Master Account====
#Login and click ADMIN, TOOLS, INVOICE MANAGER.
#Find the master account in the ACCOUNT LIST and click on the name.
#Click on the ORGANIZATIONS tab.
#Click on the checkbox next to the organization you want to remove and click on REMOVE FROM ACCOUNT.
#Next click on the ACCOUNTS tab at the top of the page.
#Find the placeholder account for that organization and click on the checkbox next to the account name.
#Click on the CLOSE ACCOUNT button

NOTE: If you need to add a new organization, you will click on MANAGER USERS, ORGANIZATIONS and then click ADD. After filling out all information for the organization, click OK. Next time you go to the master account, this organization will show up in the organization drop down menu.

 
'''NOTE: Setting up membership dependencies will enable automatic cancellation of any accounts set to be dependent on another account if the account selected in the MEMBERSHIP DEPENDENCY field is cancelled.'''

=== How to Manage the Rejoin Process ===
If a membership account is cancelled and the company decides to rejoin at a later date, the Join Date will be reset to the date of the rejoin. The expiration date will be set to the time period specified in the membership starting with the rejoin date.

=== How to Add a Gift Card to an Account ===
To add a gift card to an account open to "Account Manager" and click on the account where you want to add the gift card.

#At the bottom where "payment choices" are click "add" link.
#This will open the "Account Autopay Options" click on the tab for "Gift Card".
#This will open the fields for Gift card. Enter a "Redeem Code". This will be assigned to the account so the user doesn't have to know it. It should not be something that can easily be guessed such as a random series of numbers
#If you want the "card" to expire enter the date or leave it blank if it never expires.
#Enter the current balance you want for the gift card. The amount spent will update as the card is used. The account user can use the "gift card" for payment up until the amount spent is equal to the original balance.

The account user can select the radio for "Select Saved Gift Card" in the payment portion and then choose the option(s) of cards available to them just as they would a saved Credit card. When submitting the gift card as payment it will update the "amount spent" field. If the balance is less than the card amount it will apply the remaining balance and the user must then select another payment method to complete the transaction.

== References ==

===Pay Method Compatibility===

The chart below shows how an account will be charged based on the Pay Method Compatibility set in the items being purchased and the Pay Method set for the account making the purchase. 

For example, if an account is set to require on-demand payment, but all items being purchased by the account are set to allow billing, then the account can be billed for those items. 

On the other hand, if an account is set to allow billing, but even one item being purchased by the account on a specific invoice is set to Require On-Demand, then that invoice will have to be paid on-demand at the time of purchase and cannot be billed for later payment. 

[[File:Pay_Method_Compatibility_Chart.png]]

===Purchase Process===
; Join Date : The date when a membership or subscription first becomes effective. It is the first full date following the purchase. If the purchase takes place at 5pm on the 14th, the subscription starts at payment, but the join date becomes the next full date, the 15th.
; Bill Date : The date the invoice is created.
; Effective Purchase Date : The date when the purchase should take place. For example, if you buy a monthly subscription that starts on the 15th of the month, that means the join date was the 15th. The expiration date will be the 14th of the next month and the effective purchase date for the renewal is the 15th.
; Invoice Date : When the invoice is sent. For subscriptions this is the effective Purchase Date minus the prebill period. If Prebill days is 1, the invoice is sent one day before the effective purchase date.
; Expiration Date : The last day of the subscription period.
; Invoice Due Date : The day invoice payment is requested. For subscriptions, this is the effective purchase date plus the account terms.

=== Settings ===
To specify settings for the Invoice Manager, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER and then click on the SETTINGS tab. Here you specify days allowed to pay invoices, days in advance to pre-bill certain accounts, setup for faxed invoices and information about who receives notification at your organization about any ecommerce transactions.

====Setting up a Test Credit Card====
Log in and go to ADMIN. Click on ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER and then click on the SETTINGS tab. Go to the TESTING tab and enter a number in the Test Credit Card Number field; click OK to save changes. This number will enable you to complete online purchases without going through the payment processor. When making a test purchase on the website, you will enter this number in the credit card number field and then choose anything for credit card type, CVV and card holder name; also make sure you enter a future date in the expiration date field.

====Notifications====
Email notifications can be sent for several purposes
<blockQuote>
====Paid Order Notification====
To receive a copy of every receipt (paid order), add your user record to the group selected in the notification tab in Settings called "Paid Order Notification Group"
====Placed Order Notification====
To receive a copy of every order as it is placed, add your user record to the group selected in the notification tab in Settings called "Placed Order Notification Group"
====Denied Payment Notification====
Denied payment notices are sent to customers when their On Demand payment method fails during a batch process. In the Notifications tab of Settings, you can customize the text in emails sent for denied payments and late notices.
====Late Notice Notification====
Late notice notifications are sent when Invoices (unpaid orders) go beyond the Payment Due date. In the Notifications tab of Settings, you can customize the text in emails sent for denied payments and late notices.
====Fulfillment Notification====
Fulfillment notifications are sent when a purchase is ready to send, and would typically be sent to the individual responsible for sending the items purchased. Each item includes in its fulfillment tab a checkbox to enable fulfillment notification and a group to be used for the email. To receive fulfillment notification, set an item to a fulfillment group, enable the items fulfillment notification, and add yourself to the group.
====Billing Fulfillment Notification====
In addition to the Fulfillment notification, you can also have a notification sent to the ecommerce Administrators when an order is ready to fulfill. To receive the billing fulfillment notification, enter a custom message in the Fulfillment tab of each item.
</blockQuote>

===Pay Methods===
Pay Methods are four basic ways to process charges. Accounts are configured to use one of these methods, based on your credit with them. The default is Pay on Demand. 

* No Payment Necessary - All orders will be automatically paid as $0
* Pay on Demand - A payment is needed at the time of the purchase. For online purchases, an Pay-on-Demand account will receive a credit card or online check form. For batch purchases, a credit card or echeck must be saved in the account.
* Bill and fulfill on payment - Send a bill to the account. Fulfill (ship) the order when payment received
* Bill and fulfill now - Send a bill but ship the order now

===Pay Options===
Pay Options are the choices offered to customers online, and are created by the administrator. Each Pay Option includes a Pay Method which describes how the payment will be processed if selected. Online customers will only see the options that apply to them, based on their account settings.

* Pay Option set to No Payment - only available if account is set to no payment. if your account is set to No Payment, then all invoices are processed without payment and fulfillment is applied appropriately.
* Pay Option set to Pay on demand - available to everyone. If the account is setup Pay On Demand, then you must submit a payment at the time the order to be completed.
* Pay Option set to Bill and fulfill on payment - If the account is set to Bill and Fulfill on payment, then when you complete your order, an invoice is generated and sent to the billing contact. When payment is made, the fulfillment process is triggered and your order is shipped (or fulfilled appropriately)
* Pay Option set to Bill and fulfill now - If the account is set to Bill and Fulfill now, then when you complete your order, an invoice is generated and sent to the billing contact and the fulfillment process is triggered to ship your order.

=== On-Demand Payments===
On-Demand payments are processed directly to a payment processor with either a credit card or echeck.

<blockquote>
====Supported Payment Processors====
; Authorizenet : We implement Payment Transactions (formerly AIM). To setup Authorizenet you must first have an authorizenet account. The follow the following steps.
# Select AuthorizeNet in the Online Payments Tab of Ecommerce Settings
# Go to the AuthorizeNet tab and set the server (typically https://secure.authorize.net/gateway/transact.dll)
# set Login ID : From the AuthorizeNet Settings page. The username for your account, typically a cryptic alphanumeric string around 10 characters long.
# set Transaction Key : From the AuthorizeNet Settings page. A key unique to each AuthorizeNet Store, typically a cryptic alphanumeric string around 16 characters long.
# The following defaults are preset:
#* x_version=3.1
#* x_relay_response=False
#* x_delim_data=True
#* x_delim_char=,
; Your Pay : See http://www.yourpay.com. Set the Ecommerce Settings page, Online Payments tab to 'Your Pay', then fill out the specific settings in the respective settings tab.
; My Virtual Merchant : See http://www.myvirtualMerchant.com. Set the Ecommerce Settings page, Online Payments tab to 'My Virtual Merchant', then fill out the specific settings in the respective settings tab.
; Sage Payment Services : See http://www.sage.com. Set the Ecommerce Settings page, Online Payments tab to 'Sage', then fill out the specific settings in the respective settings tab.
; PayPal Buy Now Online Payments : Using PayPal Buy Now buttons, when a user pays they are taken to the PayPal site to make payments directly to your PayPal account. The PayPal servers then notify your website and the charges are marked as paid. To setup PayPal Buy Now, follow these steps:
# In Ecommerce Settings, Go to the online payments tab and enable PayPal Buttons
# Enter your PayPal business name
; Manual : Accept online credit card transaction and process manually
; Verisign : This is a legacy system and is beign deprecated

====Credit Card Payments ====

====Echeck Payments (ACH) ====
Echecks are treated as an On Demand payment, just like credit cards. If you have EChecks configured, the online payment form will automatically include an option to pay by credit card or online check.

An account configured for On-Demand payments can be configured to pay by Echeck as well as credit card for manual invoices or recurring purchases.

To configure online check payment:
* Go to the Invoice Manager
* Click settings in the menu to see the settings page
* Click the Online Payments tab to open the online payment options
* You must select a processor that supports online checks, currently that is only Authorizenet
* Check the Allow EChecks checkbox
*Click OK to Save
</blockquote>

===Purchase Process Settings===
The purchase process involves adding items to an order, completing and order to create an invoice, paying an invoice to create a receipt, and fulfilling an order.

The terms used to describe these are defined in the terms section and an example follows

Example:
recurring annual membership, expires January 31 
prebill set to 30 days 
days to pay set to 10 days 
Purchase Date = February 1 
Invoice Date = January 2 (30 days before the purchase date) 
Date Due = February 11 (10 days after the Purchase Date) 

===Invoice Settings===
The system creates invoices based on Invoice Templates, editable through the Data tab in Invoice Manager. You can have as many invoice templates as you need, and each account can be assigned to either the default invoice, or a custom invoice. 

'''''NOTE: When you first install Invoice Manager on a site, you must create an invoice and view it in order to generate the default invoice template.'''''

; Invoice Email Subject : For manual invoices, this is the Invoice Title. For invoices sent from recurring purchases and online purchases, the subject line is either "Invoice #1234" or "Receipt for paid Invoice #1234", where 1234 represents the invoice number.

When invoices are generated, special words in the invoice template are replaced with their respective values. They are as follows:
<blockquote>
; $rootUrl$ : The url to the domain that generated the invoice (no trailing slash). For background processes it returns https:// plus the first domain in the domain list. ex. https://www.contensive.com
; $invoiceNumber$ : The order number
; $invoiceGuid$ : The guid for the order
; $invoiceDate$ : The date of the actual purchase
; $accountNumber$ : The internal account number used for Invoice Manager. This is the column ID on the Account List
; $legacyAccountNumber$ : If value populated in the Legacy Account Number field for each account record
; $invoiceTax$ : The tax charge on the order
; $invoiceShipping$ : The shipping charge on the order
; $invoiceShippingType$ : The shipping type selected during ordering
; $itemTotalAmount$ : to total due for this order

; $billName$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account. The account billing contact is the information in the billing tab of the person selected as the billing contact for the account. If the billing contact is not included, alternatives are used in the following order: account billing person's main address, account primary contact's billing information, account primary contact's main address
; $billEmail$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billFax$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billCompany$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billAddress1$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billAddress2$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account
; $billCityStateZip$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account, Bill City, State and Zip fields
; $billFullAddress$ : the billing contact of the invoice's account

; $billOrgName$ : the name of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgAddress1$ : the address line 1 of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgAddress2$ : the address line 2 of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgCity$ : the city of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgState$ : the state of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgCountry$ : the country of the organization set in the account's billing contact
; $billOrgZip$ : the zip of the organization set in the account's billing contact

; $contactName$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account. The account primary contact is the information in the main tab of the person selected as the primary contact for the account. If the primary contact is not included, alternatives are used in the following order: account primary person's main address, account billing contact's main information, account billing contact's billing address
; $contactEmail$" : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactFax$" : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactCompany$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactAddress1$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactAddress2$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactCityStateZip$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account
; $contactFullAddress$ : the primary contact of the invoice's account

; $contactOrgName$ : the name of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgAddress1$ : the address line 1 of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgAddress2$ : the address line 2 of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgCity$ : the city of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgState$ : the state of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgCountry$ : the country of the organization set in the account's primary contact
; $contactOrgZip$ : the zip of the organization set in the account's primary contact

; $shipName$ : The shipping contact stored in the invoice record. The ship address should be populated during the order process from the customer's shipping address. The customer in this case is the person filling out the form. If not available the account primary's shipping address populates the invoice.
; $shipFirstName$ : The shipping contact's first name stored in the invoice record that is populated during the order process from the customer's shipping address.
; $shipLastName$ : The shipping contact's last name stored in the invoice record that is populated during the order process from the customer's shipping address.
; $shipEmail$" : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipFax$" : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipCompany$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipAddress1$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipAddress2$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipCityStateZip$ : the invoice's shipping information
; $shipFullAddress$ : the invoice's shipping information

; $accountBalanceBeforeInvoice$ : The balance on the account before the order was completed. This amount only reflects the balance at the time of the invoice and should ONLY be used if the invoice will be send only once. As the account is padi, this amount is NOT updated.
$accountBalanceAfterInvoice$ : Similar to accountBalanceBeforeInvoice
; $amountDue$ : the balance to be paid on the invoice. If the invoice is paid, this amount is $0.00
; $paymentComment1$ : The first payment comment sent to the payment processor with the order
; $paymentComment2$ : The second payment comment sent to the payment processor with the order
; $terms$ : the account terms.
; $paymentDetail$" : This reflects the payment status of the invoice, like Paid.
; $dueDate$ : the due date for the invoice, calculated based on the account terms.
; $invoiceTotal$ : The total for this invoice
</blockquote>

The display of each line item of the invoice depends on the following
<blockquote>
* The quantity and item description
* If the invoice is a manual invoice, the description can be manually entered
* If the item has no charge, it may be configured to hide the invoice line
* if the item is part of a bundled set of items, the bundled items may be hidden with a setting on the bundling item
* if the line is created with a recurring purchase, it includes the period of time covered by the recurring purchase.
</blockquote>

===General Ledger Transaction Exporting===
The system maintains a General Ledger account list and General Ledger Transaction table solely for the purpose of exporting transactions.

; General Ledger Accounts : General ledger Accounts are a simple list of Account Names and Numbers setup in the system that should match those in the receiving system. After setting-up General Ledger Accounts, go to Ecommerce Settings, to the GL tab and verify each of the hard-coded GL Accounts are set as needed.

; General Ledger Transactions : General Ledger transactions are created each time an accounting event occurs, like a purchase or a payment. The details of the transaction depend on the General Ledger Post Method set for the invoice.

; General Ledger Posting Methods : Items include settings that dictate how invoices that include them will be posted. If an invoice contains any items with non-Normal posting methods, the entire invoice becomes Cash-Basis. Any items in teh order set as normal will be posted cash-basis. Items other than normal will be posted as they are selected. Shipping and Tax will be posted Cash-Basis.

<blockquote>
====House Account Orders====
All items within a house account invoice have no charge, and the entire invoice is treated as a cash sale with no defering income, regardless of the post method set on any items.
*CREDIT: item's income GL account
*DEBIT: Misc Adjustments GL account
====Posting Method: Normal====
*Charge (invoice)
**CREDIT: item's income GL account
**DEBIT: Accounts Receivable GL account
*Payment
**CREDIT: Accounts Receivable GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*Credit Memo
**CREDIT: Accounts Receivable GL account
**DEBIT: Misc Adjustments GL account
*Cash purchases - when a normal item is charged and paid at the same time.
**CREDIT: item's income GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*Deposit - when a payment is received and not applied to a charge.
**CREDIT: deposit GL account
**DEBIT: Cash GL account

====Posting Method: Proforma====
Proforma orders do not post GL entries until they are paid.

*Charge (invoice)
**no GL entries posted
*Payment
**CREDIT: item's income GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account

====Posting Method: Proforma - Defer to Date====
Proforma - Defer date orders do not post GL entries until they are paid. On the payment date, the income is posted to a defer account. Then on a specific date, the defer account is posted back to the item's income account. This can be used to defer the income for a meeting until the meeting month or date.

*Charge (invoice)
**no GL entries posted
*Payment
**CREDIT: item's Defer GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*On the Defer Date
**CREDIT: item's Income GL account
**DEBIT: item's Defer GL account

====Posting Method: Proforma - Defer Over Term====
Proforma - Defer Term orders do not post GL entries until they are paid. On the payment date, the income is posted to a defer account and a specified number of gl entries are made to future dates that recognize the item's income over a period of months. Each month more and more of the item's income will be recognized as the gl entries come due. For instance, annual dues can be set to a 12 month defer term, resulting in 1/12 of the dues being recognized each month.

If the purchase is a new purchase, the series of deferred income transactions starts on the purchase date. If the purchase is not a renewal (non-recurring purchase) then the series of deferred transactions starts on the payment date.

*Charge (invoice)
**no GL entries posted
*Payment
**CREDIT: item's Defer GL account
**DEBIT: Cash or Deposit GL account
*Each month for x months
**CREDIT: item's income GL account for total/x
**DEBIT: item's Defer GL account for total/x

===Exporting a Download File===
General Ledger Transactions may be converted to download files to be exported.

From Admin Home, user may go to Manage Add-Ons>>Ecommerce>>Invoice Manager

On the Account List page, go to Settings>>General Ledger
*Enable the Automatic Export field. When box checked, Ecommerce Export will run automatically to create download files.
With Automatic Export enabled,
*Select the Automatic Export Format from the drop down menu.
*Click OK to Save changes.
To view download files, go to Data>>Ecommerce Exports
*Edit export record and click on Export.csv file for review.

*If Automatic Export is not selected, you can run the report from Invoice Manager by clicking on TOOLS, EXPORT G/L TRANSACTIONS.

NOTE: The export will include all data before the current month that has not yet been exported. Each month is exported in a separate file.

===Reports===
To get reports from the Invoice Manager, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on ECOMMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER and then click on the REPORTS tab. Here you can get reports on account purchase history, account invoice aging and daily ecommerce activity. You can also manage the print queue here. 

====Purchase History Report====
This report shows all charges on the accounts. It includes invoice date, paid date, account name, invoice #, invoice description and amount charged. You can sort the report by any of the columns, except description, and can filter for unpaid only or any of the sortable fields.

==== Invoice Aging ====
This report groups invoices by the overdue periods: current, past due, over 30, over 60 and over 90.

==== Daily Activity ====
Shows charges, house payments, check payments, auto payments and declined payments over the last 30 days.

==== Print Queue ====
The print queue lists documents waiting to be printed. After printing, user your back arrow to return to the print queue. This report is in the PRINT QUEUE tab in Invoice Manager.

==== Top Buyers ====
Lists clients with the highest item totals. The report can be filtered for a specific category and/or date range.

==== Top Category Buyers ====
Lists top buyers in each item category. Can be filtered by date range.

==== Item Purchase ====
For each item available for sale, this report lists the number paid for, the number given away for free the total count and the total sales amount. It can be filtered by date range.

==== Item Category Purchase ====

This report shows purchases sorted by category. It includes account, item and amount for each purchase. The report can be filtered to look at only a certain category, account and/or date range.

==== General Ledger Account Summary ====
The total of all transactions by General Ledger Account during the selected period. This reports breaks transactions down into four categories: Proforma Paid Charges, Cash Paid Charges, non-Proforma Charges, and non-Proforma Payments. Proforma Paid Charges are charges from invoices marked with General Ledger Post Methods: Proforma, Proforma - Defer Date, and Proforma - Defer Term. These are reported only when paid. Cash Paid Charges are non-Proforma Charges that were charged and paid on the same calendar day. Non-Proforma Charges are invoices not marked Proforma. Non-Proforma Payments are payments made during the period on invoices not marked Proforma.

===Managing Accounts===
To manage accounts, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on Tools >> Invoice Manager.

====Account List Screen====
You will see a list of all accounts, or only open accounts if you click the check box. From this screen you have the option to ADD an account, CLOSE an account or SEND STATEMENTS to accounts by selecting them with a check mark.

Click on any account to see the Account Detail screen.

If you want to see the balance column on the accounts list page, make sure the following is set correctly:

Go to SETTINGS tab, INVOICE MANAGER tab,and check the second box that says "Include account balance in account list"

====Account Detail Screen====
To edit information in a specific account or to get more detailed information about that account, click on the account name to open the record for that account.

====Account Contacts====
Account contacts must come from one of the following:
* anyone with the account set in the billing tab of their people record.
* anyone associated to the account in Membership Manager People tab
* anyone with an organization set in their people record that is associated to the account with Membership Manager
* anyone set to an organization associated to the accountThe three contact types available in INVOICE MANAGER are:

====Account Contact Types====
The three contact types available in INVOICE MANAGER are:
*Primary Contact: Receives a copy of account invoices if there is no billing contact specified.
*Billing Contact: Receives a copy of all invoices sent to the account. (Invoices for free items are not sent to the account.)
*Carbon Copy (CC) Billing Contact: Receives a duplicate copy of all invoices sent to the account.

====On Demand Payment Types====
* On Demand payment methods are used to pay invoices generated by the system.
* If the account is configured as an On-Demand account, all invoices must be paid when the invoice is created.
* When an invoice is paid On-Demand, the primary method is attempted first, then the secondary, then each of the others entered until one succeeds.

====Purchase History Tab====
In the PURCHASE HISTORY tab you can also send any outstanding invoices or statements. Check the STATUS column to see what is paid and what is outstanding. The invoices not yet paid are listed as PAY in blue (and will say LATE PAY after 30 days); the paid invoices are listed as PAID with the pay date.

====Subscriptions Tab====
In the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab you can ADD, DELETE, EDIT or CANCEL subscriptions (aka recurring purchases).
* To ADD a subscription, choose an account from INVOICE MANAGER and click on the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab. Click ADD. Choose the ITEM for the subscription you want to add to the account. From here go to the STATUS tab to enter the Date to Begin Charging and the Date Charged Through. The Date Charged Through is the field used to generate the next invoice, which will begin charging the day after the charged through date. Click OK to save changes.
* To EDIT a subscription, click on the NAME in the SUBSCRIPTIONS tab. From here go to the STATUS tab to change the Date to Begin or Stop Charging, the Requested Cancel Date or the Date Charged Through. The Date Charged Through is the field used to generate the next invoice, which will begin charging the day after the charged through date. If you delete a subscription from the admin edit page, the appropriate account updates may take 24 hours to appear. Click OK to save changes.
* To cancel or delete a subscription, check the box in the appropriate row and use the Cancel Subscription button or Delete Subscription button. When a subscription is cancelled, the user is removed from the subscription group and any outstanding invoices with the subscription item will be cancelled.

====Messages Tab====
The messages tab includes recent activity. Individual messages can be highlighted. Some automatic messages are highlighted as well, like when an account needs attention because of a declined on-demand purchase.
====Transactions Tab====
Click on the TRANSACTIONS tab to see a list of account activities. The Approved column in the transactions list is true if the transaction was approved (not whether or not the invoice was paid).

'''SETTING UP MULTIPLE BILLING CONTACTS FOR A SPECIFIC ITEM CATEGORY'''

To send invoices to multiple people in an organization for a specific item category, create an ACCOUNT CONTACT record by logging in and clicking on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECOMMERCE and then ACCOUNT CONTACTS. Next click ADD. You will select the ACCOUNT and MEMBER that you want this record to apply to. For a User to show up in this drop down, their User Record must be set to MEMBER in the CONTROLLING CONTENT field in the CONTROL INFO tab. 

Next, click on the CATEGORIES tab to select the category that applies. Click OK to save the new record. 

'''''NOTE ABOUT ITEM CATEGORIES: To add new categories, login and click on ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, ECCOMERCE, INVOICE MANAGER, DATA, AND THEN ITEM CATEGORIES. Click ADD and then type in the name of the new category. Click OK to save changes. Next click on ITEMS and open a specific item; choose the CATEGORY from the drop down list. Click OK to save changes to the item.'''''

==== Organizations and Users====
Users associated with accounts through the account manager screen are included in account subscriptions. A user can be associated directly to the account from the User tab, or their organization can be associated to the account through the organization tab.

For a user to be associated to an organization, the organization field in their people record must be set to the organization.

====Organizations Tab====
Add organizations to this account. Employees of this organization will be granted access to subscriptions from this account

====User Tab====
This is a list of employees of the organizations listed in the Organization Tab, and any individual members added in this tab

====How to add users to an account====
You can add company members or individual members
* Add them as an employee of the organization -- Edit their people record and select an Organization that is part of the account.
* Add them an an individual member -- Edit their people record to determine their "record id" at the top. Go the Invoice Manager and go to the account's User Tab. Click [add] and enter the person's Id.

===Managing Items and Item Categories===
Items are what is purchased, and item categories are a way to group and report on items.

The following features are configurable within items
<blockquote>
====Bundling====
: Use the Bundling tab to add bundled items to an item. An item that contains bundled items is a bundling item. All bundled items are not charged to the invoice. They can optionally be hidden from the invoice as well. The transactions for bundling items however do include charges. The transaction charge for any item is calculated as the item's price minus the total of all its bundled item prices.

: If a subscription or membership includes bundled subscriptions, the bundled subscriptions are NOT included in future renewals of the subscription or membership. In other words, when the subscription expires, if renew on expiration is set, the bundling item is charged with all bundling items, buth without any bundled subscriptions.

For example, You might setup a bundling item that is a monthly membership for $50 and bundle in it a processing fee and a monthly newsletter subscription. The initial invoice will be for $50 and the account will be setup for the membership, it will get a subscription for the newsletter and the processing fee will be charged. One month later, the account will be charged $50 for the membership renewal and the processing fee. The items bundled with the membership (the book and the magazine) will NOT be included in the subscription renewal. A year later the magazine will charge as well.
:*Show Bundled Items
:*Bundled Items

====Options====
: options are a series of option sets, each with a name and the possible values a customer must choose for that name. The name is separated from the values with a colon. The values are separated by commas. Options are separated by a new line. For instance, an item with a two line options field may have in the first line -- "color: red, blue, yellow" and the second line "size: small, medium, large". Customers purchasing this item will be required to select both a size and a color from the choices. If you want a text field for the option choice, instead of a dropdown, you would just enter the category with a colon, such as "size:". Customers would then see Size followed by a blank box where they can enter their size choice.

====Item Category====
: Categories are used by the catalog for display and by ecommerce reporting to group charges.

====Subscriptions====
A subscription is a way to track items purchased that automatically renew, and/or items that put account users in groups. An item creates a subscription if the subscription type in the subscriptions tab is set to Periodic, Calendar, or Perpetual.

These are some examples of subscriptions:
# A monthly charge that allows user access to a podcast -- Create an item 'monthly subscriber', set subscription type to periodic and the period to 1 month. Select a group into which users will be added, and check renew on expiration. Put your podcasts on a page protected by the selected subscription group.
# An annual newsletter purchased one-time -- Set the subscription type to periodic and do not check renew. Select a group for users. Then each month, send a Group Email to the selected group.

Subscription Settings

::* Subscription Type - If blank, this item is not a subscription. Select Calendar to have the subscription expire on a specific month. Select Periodic to have the subscription expire after a set number of days or months. Select perpetual if the subscription never expires.
::* Group - When this item is purchased, all users in the account will be added to this group.
::* Group Expiration Period (Days) - For Periodic Subscriptions, the days until the subscription expires. (can be used in combination with Months)
::* Group Expiration Period (Months) - For Periodic Subscriptions, the months until the subscription expires. (can be used in combination with Months)
::* Calendar Duration Month - For Calendar Subscriptions, the month that this subscription expires.
::* Renew on Expiration - If checked, the account will be charged for renewal when the subscription expires. For On-Demand (credit card and echeck) accounts, the charge runs a day before expiration. On billing accounts the invoice is sent based on the prebill setting in the Ecommerce Settings.
::* Block Duplicate Recurring Purchases - If checked, an account can only have this subscription once.
::* recurringPrice - If not blank, this price will be used for renewals.
::* inMyAccount - if checked, subscriptions to this item can be canceled from the My Accounts section.

====Pricing====
:* Unit Price
:* Sale Price
:* Special Price
:* On Sale

====Promotional Discounts====

====Misc====
:* Featured
:* New
:* Viewings
:* Materials
:* Allow Receipt Copy
:* Receipt Copy
:* Is In Catalog
:* Msg To Billing When Paid
:* invoiceCopy
:* allowInvoiceCopy
:* isTaxable
:* hideInvoiceLineIfNoCharg
:* '''Max Quantity Per Order:''' Put a number in here to limit the number of this item that can be ordered at one time

====Shipping====
:* Shipping Required
:* Shipping Weight

====Inventory Management====
Use inventory management to help track item levels, notify an administrator when quantities are low, and remove items from the catalog when they are depleted.

:* '''Quantity On-Hand'''
:: The number of items you have available for ordering. This quantity is changed on order fulfillment.
:* Quantity Low
:: When the quantity on-hand falls below this level, the ecommerce administrators group will receive a notification

====Permissions and Roles====
In the Catalog tab of Items, in the ORDER BUTTON MODE field, you can select:
:* Always Hide to prevent anyone from ordering the item
:* Always Show to allow everyone to order the item
:* Show Based on User Group Policies to allow users in specific groups to order the item

To set the User Group Policies, go to Ecommerce Cart Settings. In the Group Policies section you will check the box next to ALLOW ORDERING. So for example, if you only want members to be able to order certain items, set the Order Button Mode field to "show Based on User Group Policies" and in Ecommerce Cart Settings check the field Allow Ordering next to the Members group(s).

====Fulfillment====
:* sendFulfillmentNotification
:* fulfillmentNotificationGroupId

====General Ledger Transactions====
:* Deferment Method : No Deferment, Defer to Deferment Date, Defer Monthly
:* Deferment Account : When a deferment method is selected, paying for this item creates an account transaction crediting this deferment account, and deferred transaction(s) debiting the deferment account to the item's income account.
:* Deferment Date : When the Deferment Method is Defer to Deferment Date, a single deferred transaction will occur on this date.
:* Number of Monthly Deferment Transactions : When the Deferment Method is Defer Monthly, this many deferred monthly transactions will be created, evenly spacing the income over the period.
:* generalLedgerAccountId
</blockquote>

The following item fields only apply to Membership Items, used in Membership Manager
<blockquote>
:* tbd
</blockquote>

===Tools===
You can use INVOICE MANAGER to create manual invoices, credit memos and account charges. To access these features, log in and go to ADMIN. Click on the MANAGE ADD-ONS folder. Next click on the ECOMMERCE folder and then click on INVOICE MANAGER. From here you will click on the TOOLS tab

====Enter Payments====
Use the enter payments tool to add payments received from accounts and to apply previously entered payments that were saved as deposits.
<blockquote>

'''Payment Methods'''
* Cash - Select the cash payment method to enter a payment that requires no tracking (check number, credit card history, etc).
* Check - use the check payment method to enter a check payment
* Credit Card - use the credit card payment method to enter and process a credit card payment
* Apply Deposit - use the apply deposit payment method to apply one or more deposits to an invoice.

'''Create a Deposit'''

Check this box to create a deposit for the account with the payment, or any excess of the payment not applied to invoice(s)

'''Do Not Send a Receipt'''

If the customer account is configured to receive receipt notifications, check this box will prevent a receipt from being sent to the customer for paid invoices.

'''Transaction Date'''

Leave this blank to post this transaction at the time the payment is applied. Enter a different transaction date to post the payment as needed. Note that the transaction date is limited by the transaction export data. Once a months data is exported, you cannot post a transaction before the end of that period.

'''Select unpaid charges'''

If the payment is to be applied to invoices, select the unpaid charges from the list.

'''Check Number'''

For Check payments, enter the check number for tracking purposes.

'''Credit Cards'''

For credit card transactions, enter the card number, expiration date and name on the card. Optional fields are available for CSV and billing zip code if you have configured your processor to required them.

'''Applying Deposits'''

when appying deposts to pay invoices, select the deposit(s) to apply. If the amount of the deposit(s) is greater than the invoices, check the Create a Deposit checkbox to create a deposit for the excess.
</blockquote>

===My Account===
A public addon that lets account contacts (primary and billing) pay invoices with a credit card they enter.

====User Profile====
Here you edit name, email/user name, password, phone number, photo and organization selection.

====Pay Invoices====
Access this to view and pay current invoices.

====Payment Information====
Use the payment information screen to add or modify online payment methods such as credit cards and/or ACH methods. Select the primary and secondary payment method to be used to automatic payments. The secondary method is used if the primary method fails. If the secondary methods fails, all other payment options will be attempted as well.

====Account History====

====Manage Subscriptions====
Manage subscriptions lets a user subscribe and unsubscribe to any groups marked "Public Join", and cancel any paid subscription marked "Manage in My Account".

One application for this section is to let users remove themselves from specific email groups. To do this, include a link in your email to this page.
<blockquote>
; Free Subscriptions : A free subscription is a group that has "Public Join" checked, and is NOT included in a subscription item.

; Paid Subscriptions : A paid subscription is an item that with a subscription type that has been purchased by the account. If the item is marked "Manage in My Account" in its subscription tab, it will be listed on the Manage Subscriptions page of My Account and users can cancel the subscription by unchecking the box and clicking save.
</blockquote>

====Manage Staff====
Here you add, delete or update profile information for account users.

====Manage Organization Profile====
Here you can change the company name, address, phone, fax, web or email address.

====Manage Certifications and Certificates ====
In this area of My Account, users can manage and maintain their certifications and certificates by uploading continuing education credits and making payments.

=== Developer Resources ===

The following api is provided to interface with ecommerce

====Contensive Events====
<blockquote>
Any addon can create an Addon Event record. These event records can be manually created or will be created automatically when the addon throws them.

It can then throw the event with a cp method, like cp.site.throwEvent( “My Event” )

Any addon can register for the event with a checkbox in in a tab of the Addon record. When an addon is registered, it is called by contensive when the calling addon calls cp.site.throwEvent.

Arguments should be passed with document properties.

=====Item Fulfill Event=====
<blockquote>
ecommerce.fulfillOrder

Called when an order is to be fulfilled.

Arguments:
* OrderId: The order that needs to be fulfullled

Fulfillment for an order would include things like adding people to groups they purchase or mailing an item out. When the Fulfillment event occurs depends on the Pay Method.
On Demand: Fulfillment happen at the time of the purchase
Bill and Fulfill on payment: Fulfillment happends when the bill is paid
Bill and Fulfill now: fulfillment happens when the bill is sent.
</blockquote>
</blockquote>

=====Calculate order details event=====
<blockquote>
ecommerce.calculateOrderDetails

Called after calculating the amounts for each order detail in an order, and before calculating the shipping, taxes and total. use this to calculate a custom amount for an item
.
Arguments:
OrderId: The order that is being calulated
</blockquote>

=====Credit card Management=====
In order to edit any information pertaining to credit cards, a developer account must be used.

====Ecommerce API====
To use the ecommerce API, install the NuGet package Contensive.ecommerceApi, or clone the github repository for ecommerce, build, and make a reference to the apiclass DLL.

The following is a list of methods available. Details have been added to method heads so add a reference to the project and investigate methods there.

* addAccountNote
* addAccountOnDemandMethod
* addAccountOrganization
* addAccountUser
* addMembershipKitFulfillment
* addOrderItem
* billAndFulfillOrder
* billOrder
* calculateOrder
* cancelInvoice
* cancelMembership
* cancelSubscription
* chargeOrder
* closeAccount
* createAccount
* createOrder - if the application supports multiple seller accounts, a sellerAccountId is required
* deleteSubscription
* getAccountBillingContact
* getAccountPayMethod
* getAccountPrimaryContact
* getAccountStatus
* getChargesAndPayments
* getInvoice
* getOnlinePaymentFields
* getOnlinePaymentFieldsForAccount
* getOpenOrderId
* getOrderDetails
* getOrderShipOptionSelect
* getShipCharge
* getShipOptionSelect
* getSiteStatus
* getTransactions
* getUserAccountId
* getUserAccountList
* payOrder
* payOrdersByOnlinePaymentFields
* removeAccountOrganization
* removeAccountUser
* setAccountBillingContact
* setAccountOnDemandMethod
* setAccountOnDemandMethodSecondary
* setAccountPayMethod
* setAccountPrimaryContact
* setOrderAccount
* setOrderPaid
* setOrderPromotionalDiscount
* setOrderShipMethod
* setOrderUser
* verifyAccount

=== Data Structure ===

The following database tables are used and/or created by Membership Manager.

====People====
People is a system Table which stores information about users.

====Organizations====
People is a system Table which stores information about companies.

==== Accounts====
<blockquote>
The account is the record that is charged. All transactions have to have an account to charge and be paid from. 
tablename = abAccounts
; memberId: Primary Contact, The primary contact for the account.
; billingMemberId: Billing Contact, The person responsible for ensuring payment for the account. If blank, the Primary Contact is used.
; billingMemberId: Billing Contact, The person responsible for ensuring payment for the account. If blank, the Primary Contact is used.
; closed (Closed) : When true, this account can no longer be charged.
; payMethodId : Lookup list below This represents the accounts preferred method of payment.
* 1 - House
* 2 - Credit Card
* 3 - Billing
; notificationMethodId : Lookup list below. How the account would preferred being notified.
* 1 - Email
* 2 - Fax
; termsId : Lookup into content “Account Terms”. This information provides credit terms for the account.
; dateHoldBillingUntil : When not null, no payments can be run against this account until the date indicated. Charges should still accrue.
; dateLastBillingNotice : This is the date of the last time the account was notificed about a balance due.
; requestedCancelDate : After this date the account should not longer be charged. Services should be canceled on this date.
; referralCode : When the account was created, if a code was used for tracking it is saved here.
; commissionAccountId : If not null, commissions on payments to applicable charges are created in this account.
; emailCharges : When checked, all charges to the account should be emailed to the billing contact.
</blockquote>
==== Orders====
<blockquote>
</blockquote>

====Account Transactions====
<blockquote>
Each entry represents either a credit or debit to the account. This will be considered an asset account so a charge increases and is a Debit, a payment decreases the balance and is a Credit.

tablename = abAccountTransactions

; Approved : payment transactions -- shows the payment was approved. If false, the transactions is not valid
; isCharge : If true, this is a charge transaction. A positive amount represents a charge to the account increases its balance due. A negative amount represents an adjustment that decreases the amount due.
; isCommission : if true, this transaction is a result of a commission on a different transaction
; amount : The amount of the transaction. Position amounts increase the balance due from the account.
; accountId : The account being charged or paying.
; isSetupFee : for charge transactions -- if true, this transaction is a one-time charge. If false, this transaction is a result of a recurring charge.
; orderId : Charge Transactions -- The order which originated the transaction
; dateDue : Charge Transactions -- Determined by the pay method and set at the time of the charge. Any transaction unpaid after this date has passed is passed due.
; fromDate : Charge Transactions -- When there is a service involved, the fromDate and toDate are the service dates.
; toDate : Charge Transactions -- When there is a service involved, the fromDate and toDate are the service dates.
; recurringPurchaseId : Charge Transactions -- When set, this charge was created by the associated entry in Recurring Purchases.
; paidByTransactionId : Charge Transactions -- When set, this transaction was paid by the associated transaction. One payment can pay multiple charges. If a partial payment is made on a account, the charge must be broken up and each charge paid in full.
; paymentCheckNumber : Payment Transactions -- The check number
; creditCardNumber : Payment Transactions -- cc number
; creditCardAuthorization : Payment Transactions -- authorizations from the payment gateway
; authorizationMessage : Payment Transactions -- message from the payment gateway
; paymentAppliedToCharges : Payment Transactions -- if true, this payment has been applied to charges.
; orderId : For charge transactions, this is the order the created the transaction.
</blockquote>

====Recurring Purchases====
<blockquote>
Each record represents a recurring purchase. The account billing process uses these records to create charge transactions periodically, which may then be paid.

table = abRecurringPurchases

; accountId : The account to be charged
; itemId : The item to use for purchase details
; discountAmount : if provided, this amount will subtracted from the product amount when creating the charge transaction
; isCommissionable : if checked, charges from this recurring purchase will be commissionable
; dateChargeStart : When set, no charges will be created before this date. When a charge is created, it will never be back-charged earlier then this date. The effect is this will be the start date for the purchase, reguardless of other transactions. However, no refunds will be created based on this setting.
; dateChargeEnd : When set, this represents the end of a contract period for a recurring purchase. This is generally the anticipated end of a longer purchase. For instance, this may be a monthly charge with a one year contract. The dateChargeEnd is the end of the year. It does not mean cancel, but represents the earliest time when the charge can be ended. The purchase will not be charge after this date.
; requestedCancelDate : When set, this is the date after which the customer no longer wants the service. The purchase will not be charge after this date.
; referralId : This is the ID of the referral record in referrals.
; canceled : When true, this purchase no longer charges
; dateStart (dateJoin) : This date is set to the date the purchase is created.
; dateChargedThrough : This date, set by the recurring purchase process is the date that this purchase has been charged through. The recurring purchase process will create a new order based on this date.
; datePaidThrough : This date is set by the payment process and manual payment entry.
; dateInactivate : This is the date that the product should be deactivated for non-payment.
; dateCancel : This is the date that the purchase is canceled for non-payment.
</BlockQuote>

====Groups====
<BlockQuote>
; membershipControlled : Contensive -- This is a developer-only field. When set, you can not add or remove anyone or delete the group. The Member Tracking Process (MTP) will set the field when it creates the groups.
</BlockQuote>

====Referrals====
<BlockQuote>
Is a list of codes created to track promotions and commissions. To use a referral, the customer enters a code which matches a referral record. The commissions and discounts then apply to only those items set in Referral Item Rules.

; code : The text code assigned to this referral. When entered during the purchase process, this referral is applied
; commissionAccountId : When provided, this commission account will be used for the Order or Recurring Purchase.
; initialChargeDiscountAmount : When provided, this discount amount will be applied to the initial purchase.
; recurringChargeDiscountAmount : When provided, this discount amount will be applied to recurring purchases.
; recurringChargeDiscountPeriods : When provided, the recurreint ChargeDiscountAmount only applies for this many periods.
</BlockQuote>

====Account Notes====
<BlockQuote>
Are a list of notes created the administrator.
; accountId : The account associated with this note
; copy : The text of the note.
</BlockQuote>

====Account Terms====
<BlockQuote>
The billing arrangements for accounts set to bill as pay method.
; daysToPay : The number of days after the purchase date before the due date.
; Account Messages : Are a list of messges created by the system to track activities.
; accountId : The account associated with this note
; copy : The text of the note.
</BlockQuote>

====Items====
<BlockQuote>
; copy : Long Text: The long description of an item. Used on the catalog details page.
; overview : Long Text: The short version of the description. Used on the catalog listing page.
; hideOrderButton : Boolean: When true, if the item display on a catalog page, it will not have an order button.
; categoryId : Lookup into Item Categories: Used to categorize items
; itemNumber : Text: Used only as a reference number on the catalog
; UPC : Text: Used only as a reference number on the catalog
; materials : Many to Many to Item Materials: Displays a list of downloadable documents for the item.
; featured : Boolean : Can be used to select specific items for a custom list.
; new : Boolean : Can be used to select specific items for a custom list.
; viewings : Integer : The number of times this item has displayed on the catalog details page.
; quantityOnHand : integer : For inventory managment, this in the number of items you have on-hand. Automatically decremented on order purchase.
; quantityLow : integer: For inventory managment, when the quantityOnHand is less than the quantityLow, the Inventory Management notification is sent.
; imageFilename : image: the large image of the item
; thumbnailFilename : image: the small image of the item
; options : Long Text : A list of options and their choices. Separate different options with new lines. Separate choices for each option with commas. For example, if the item is a shirt and you offer three sizes and two colors, the options might be
<pre>
size: small, medium, large
color: red, blue, green
</pre>
; unitprice : currency: the quantity 1 price without any discounts, etc.
; saleprice : currency: the quantity 1 price if the item has OnSale checked.
; specialprice : currency : the quantity 1 if the custom is in a group selected as a discount group
; onSale : boolean : when true, the item price will be the salePrice
; allowReceiptCopy : when true, receipts including this item will include the receiptCopy in the receipt's message box.
; receiptCopy : long text : when allowReceiptCopy is true, this text is included in the receipt's message box.
; shippingRequired : boolean : when true, this item will require shipping for the entire order, and the item's weight will be included in the order's weight calculation.
; weight : number : if shippingRequired is true, this is the shipping weight of the item.
; organizationId : Lookup into organizations: The source (manufacturer) for the item, included in the catalog.
; sourceitemNumber : Text: Used only as a reference number on the catalog
; groupId : The Subscription Group -- if this is not blank, anyone purchasing this item will be added to this group with the group expiration from groupExpirationPeriod and groupExpirationPeriodMonths
; groupExpirationPeriod : This is an integer value in Days. it is used for both the expiration date of a subscription when it is purchased, and for the recurring billing period when a recurringCharge is included.
; groupExpirationPeriodMonths : This is an integer value in Months, and acts like groupExpirationDays -- effecting both group expiration for subscriptions and the recurring purchase period.
; isInCatalog (new) : default true. if true, this item appears in the catalog
; isCommissionable (new) : default false. if true, the commissionaccountid receives thier commission on this item. For catalog purchases, the commission account is set when a new account is created with a referral code.
; recurringCharge (new) : if not zero, this purchase creates a recurring purchase record which charges the account at the beginning of each period, based on the groupExpirationPeriod and groupExpirationPerodMonths. If the periods are zero, the recurring Charge is not valid.
; recurringPrebillDays(new) : For a recurring item, how many days before the purchase date should it be invoiced. The Due date will still be the purchase date plus the days to pay (in account terms)
</BlockQuote>

====Orders====
<BlockQuote>
An order is created for all completed purchases. Processes may create incomplete orders as well. The line items of the order are orderdetails The completed order total is added to transactions as a purchase.
Invoices sent represent a single orders.
; Name
; datePurchase
The effective purchase date for the order. For orders invoiced in advance of the purchase, this is the date the purchase should take place. For instance, for a membership that expires on July 1, you might want to invoice for the renewal 30 days head of time. The datePurchase is July 1, the invoice date may be June 1, and if you extend them 10 days credit, the dueDate would be July 10.
; dateDue
When the order should be paid
; specialPricing
If true, this order qualified
; pricelevelFreeShipping
if true, this order qualified
; itemCharge
The total amount of all items
; shipCharge
The calculated amount of shipping
; taxCharge
The calculated amount of tax.
; priceLevelDiscount
The calculated amount of the discount based on the price Level Discount scheme
; TotalCharge
The total of item, ship, tax and discounts
; orderCompleted
(can be removed and use dateComplete instead) - see orderComplete for details.
; readyForBatchComplete : When true, the background batch will complete this order, performing all the billing, invoiceing and payment when necessary.
; dateCompleted : Legacy - set when the order is paid. Current - set when the order is billed. -- however, there is a special case to cover the order upgrade. If dateComplete is set and ccNumber is set, the order is considered legacy and must be Paid. In this case, the payDate is set to the dateCompleted and paidByTransactionid is set to -1 to prevent re-paying.
; payMethod : a text description of the pay method used
; payDate : When the order was paid. For online orders this is populated. For offline payments, it is populated at the time the order is paid.
; ccAuthCode : The code returned from the last payment process attempted.
; ccTypeActionCode : The code returned from the last payment process attempted.
; ccRefCode : The code returned from the last payment process attempted.
; billName
; phone
; fax
; company
; address
; address2
; city
; state
; zip
; country
; shipDate : date when order is shipping
; shipTracking : tracking number from the shipper
; shipMethod : text field with the name of the ship method used
; shipWeight :
; memberId :
; visitorId :
; visitId :
; visitId :
</BlockQuote>

====orderDetails====
<BlockQuote>
Order Details represent the line items of an order.
; name : a text description of the item name, quanitity and options
; orderId :
; itemId
; itemNumber
; quantity
; options
; unitPrice
; weight
; sourceid
; groupMemberId : The user Id of the person who will be given membership for items with a groupId. These are items that provide group membership when purchased. The userid is saved in the orderDetail record because the group membership is created when the purchase is completed, which may be by a manual payment long after the purchase is made. if the groupmemberid is not set, the account contact will be used.
; item Categories
; Order Ship Methods
; Item Materials
; item Material Categories
; Item Categories
</blockquote>

==Things to Test==
*Add new items
*Set up promotional discounts
*Set up sales tax
*Set up a new account
*Set up a credit limit
*Create manual invoice
*Create manual charge and credit
*Close account
*Send manual invoice and statement
*Set up account primary and biling contact
*Delete someone from account
*Test My Account
#Profile
#Online Payments
*Update Payment Info
#Manage Grops
#Manage Staff
#Organization
#Certificates and Certifications
*Set up payment processor
*Set up test credit card
*Purchase process settings
*Invoice settings
*Reports
#Daily Activity Report
#Dues Deferment Report
#GL Account Summary Report
#Invoice Aging Report
#Item Category Purchase Report
#Item Purchase Report
#Purchase History Report
#Suspended Certification Report
#Top Buyers Report
#Top Category Buyers Report
*Account list screen in Invoice Manager Dashboard
*Account Details screens
*Test auto billing features

==Test Cases==

These tests represent automated tests saved in the testcases folder of the project's GitHub repository. Tests with an asterisk are included in the tool panel unit tests. Tests in brackets [] must be manually tested.

; 1* - Buy Subscription Adds Users to Group : buy a subscription > adds account's users to the subscription's group
; 2* - Cancel Subscription Removes Group Users : cancel subscription > removes account's users to the subscription's group
; 3* - Add User updates user's groups : add a person to an account (as an individual) > adds account's users to the subscription's group
; 4* - Add Org updates users' groups : add an organization with person to an account > adds all the organization's users to the subscription's group.
; 5* - Remove Account User updates user's groups : delete an individual user from an account > removes the user from the subscription's group
; 6* - Remove Account Org updates users' groups : remove an organization with person from an account > removes all the organization's users from the subscription's group.
; 7* - Buy Membership adds users to groups : buy membership > adds account's users to the membership's group
; 8* - Cancel Membership :
# Removes the account's users from the membership's group
# marks the account membership status as canceled
# leaves the membership type alone
# leaves the membership expiration date alone (DLI requirement)
# cancels all membership invoices
; 9* - Add User updates Membership group : add a person to a membership account > adds the person to the membership's group
; 10* - Membership, Add/Remote Company Users : add an organization with person to a membership account > adds all the organization's users to the membership's group.
; 11* - Membership, Add/Remote Individual Users : delete an individual user from a membership account > removes the user from the membership's group.
; 12* - Membership, Add/Remove Organization : remove an organization with people from a membership account > removes all the organization's users from the membership's group.
; 13* - Manually add a subscription : Manually add a non-membership subscription (recurring purchase) to an account within the Account Manager UI > adds account's users to the subscription's group.
; 14* - Manually add a membership : Manually add a membership to an account within the Account Manager UI > adds account's users to the membership's group.
; 15* - Manually Delete Subscription in UI : manually delete a subscription within the Account Manager UI > removes account's users to the subscription's group. NOTE: we do not support deleting recurring purchases in the admin interface.
; 16* - Manually remove Account Membership type : manually change an account from a valid membership type to a non-member type within the Account Manager UI > removes account's users to the membership's group
; 17* - Close Membership account updates groups : close a membership account > removes account's users from the membership's group
; 18* - Close non-Membership account updates groups : : close a non-membership account > removes account's users from the subscription group
; 19* - Remove user from org with subscription : remove a person from an organization that is part of a non-membership account > remove the person from the subscription group
; 20* - Remove user from org with membership : remove a person from an organization that is part of a membership account > remove the person from the membership group
; [21] - My Account Echeck if enabled : Show My Account - Payment Options - eCheck options only if authorizenet payment processor enables eCheck
; 22* - House Account charge and payment :
# verify chargeOrder() completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
# verify payOrder() on new order completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
; 23* - On-Demand account charge and payment :
# verify chargeOrder() with no account pay options -- fails
# verify chargeOrder() with good account pay option -- completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
# verify payOrder() with good pay option -- completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
; 24* - Bill account charge and payment :
# verify chargeOrder() -- completes, sends invoice, no fulfillment. Then pay the invoice and verify fulfillment.
# verify payOrder() with good pay option, on new order charges -- completes, pays, sends receipt and fulfills
; 25* - Bill-and-fulfill account charge and payment
# verify chargeOrder() sends invoice and fulfills
# verify payOrder() on new order charges, pays and fulfills with good pay option
# verify payOrder() on open invoice pays and fulfills with good pay option
; 26* - Automatic Activation : verify new memberships are active when automatic activation is checked, and pending when automatic activation is unchecked.
; 27* PayOptions are used in the correct order :
# *If a card or echeck is provided, no alternative methods are attempted
# *Primary is attempted first if it has a valid expiration date
# *if primary fails, secondary is used next if it has a valid expiration date
# *if secondary fails, all non-echeck payoptions are attempted if they have valid expiration dates
# *if account is billing, charging to account does NOT pay.
; 28* - Membership Grace Period : Verify process with prebill set to 0.
* initial purchase without fulfillment does not fulfill membership
* after payment, run housekeep, membership is active and people are in groups
* after expiration date but before end of grace period, run housekeep, account shows expired but people still in group
* after grace period but before membership cancellation grace period, run housekeep, people are not in group but membership invoice is still ok
* after membership cancellation grace period, run housekeep, invoice is canceled, membership is canceled, people are not in group.

; 29* - Membership renew : Verify paying a membership renewal invoice extends expiration.
* set grace period to 2, set cancelation grace period to 99
* initial purchase with payment sets expiration and puts people in group
* set date to 1 day after expiration and housekeep -- membership active, invoice created, people in group
* set date to 3 days after expiration and housekeep -- membership expired, people out of group
* pay invoice -- membership active, people in group

; 30 - Expiration Date : Verify a 1 day subscription creates an expiration date rounded up to the next midnight. So if purchased at 5pm on March 15, the expiration date is March 17, and the subscription is not valid after housekeep runs on March 17.
; 31 - Automatic Subscription Cancellation : Verify an unpaid non-membership subscription continues charging and allowing users in the group until the subscription cancellation period
; 32 - My Account Subscription cancellation : Verify any non-membership subscription can be canceled in the My Account subscriptions
; 33 - non-expiring Membership : Membership groups are determined by the membershiptype, not the subscription record. Remove the account membership expiration and the recurring purchase should be automatically deleted and all group membership should have no expiration date. Add an expiration and a recurring purchase is created and all group expiration is set as well.
; 34 - non-expiring Subscription : Subscription groups are determined by the subscription record so a non-expiring subscription is one with a charged through date very far in the future (1/1/2100). Verify the user group membership has no expiration date when the subscription > 50 years.
; 35 - Subscription Charges Remaining : if blank, a new charge is created each time charged through passes. If 0, the recurring purchase is canceled when charged through passes. if >0, it is decremented each time the charged through passes.
; [36] - My Account Subscriptions : All groups that are not selected in subscription items and have "Allow Public Join" checked can be added and removed in the My Account Subscriptions section. If the account is subscribed to an item and the item is marked "Manager in My Account" in the subscription tab, it can be canceled from the My Account Subscriptions.
; 37 - *Purchase Bundled Items with Subscriptions : If you purchase a bundling item, the subscriptions for each bundled item are added to the account, and the users in the account are added to the subscription group(s)
; 38 - My Account prevents isRecognized : if a user is recognized, my account logs them out before displaying any data
; 39 - My Account anonymous requires login : if you are logged out, you must login
; 40 - My Account fresh page displays last form : If yor nav to a form and refresh, the same forms comes back
; 41 - My Account select accounts : The user can manage an account only if they are the primary, billing or carbonCopy contact on the account. If user can manager multiple accounts, user selects one from a list. When user refreshs page they remain on the account they picked. When user logs in, user sees the account they last picked.
; 42 - My Account select organization : If the account has multiple organizations, the user can select the organization they wish to manager from the Manager Organization tool.
; 43 - getOnlinePaymentFields payment options :
# If order contains an On-Demand-Required item, only On-Demand options are returned.
# If order contains an On-Demand-Preferred item, only On-Demand items are offered.
# if the account is Billable, Bill My Account option is provided.
# If echeck is configured, an online Echeck option is provide.
# If online credit is configured, an online credit card option is provided. If there are any valid account pay options, each is provided as an option.
; 44 item On-Demand-Required : If an order includes an On-Demand required item, the entire order must be purchased On-Demand.
; 45 Pay Order with bad card : PayOrder() with card not matching test - card fails
; 46 Pay Order with bad expiration : PayOrder() with card that has past expiration - card fails
; 47 Pay Order with bad security code : PayOrder() with card that has past expiration - card fails
; [48] Invoice Manager, Account, Purchase History UI :
# An unpaid invoice has a Pay link that takes the user to the manual payment tool, populated for this account and invoice
# Send Invoices
# Send Statement
# Cancel selected invoices.
; 49 - Account List speed : 10,000 accounts in the account list must display in 5 seconds
; 50 - inactive items show in reports do not show in current activity
# Do not show in
#* manual invoice
#* (add others as discovered)
# Show in
#* Past invoices
#* (add others as discovered)
; 51 - Housekeep, skipped if not enabled : verify when housekeeping is enabled, the housekeep routine does not run. Verify when enabled, it only runs once per day and only during the time period selected.
; 52 - Housekeep, Batch is skipped if not enabled : verify when housekeeping runs, the batch process runs only if it is enabled.
; 53 - Housekeep, Batch creates orders from recurring purchases : Verify if a recurring purchase has a past charge-through date, an invoice is created for it and charged to the account
# free orders are paid and fulfilled
# house accounts are paid automatically
# Bill and Fulfill on Payment accounts are sent a invoice and not fulfilled until paid.
# Bill and Fulfill Now accounts are sent an invoice and fulfilled
# On-Demand accounts create an invoice and pay it with the account's pay options.
; 54 - Housekeep, Print Queue notification : Verify a notification is sent to the ecommerce admin if the print queue is not empty
; 55 - Housekeep, Credit Card expiration notification : Verify a notification is sent to the billing contact of all accounts if their credit card expires within 30 days.
; 56 - Housekeep, Ecommerce Credit Card Contacts group : Verify all primary and billing contacts who have a non-expired credit card in their account go into this group.
; 57 - Housekeep, Account group and memberships verified : Verify the following
# if a person is in a subscription group but not authorized, they are removed.
# if a person is an individual member in a subscription, they are added to the group.
# if a person is a company member in a subscription, they are added to the group.
# if a person is in a membership group but not authorized, they are removed.
# if a person is an individual member in a membership, they are added to the group.
# if a person is a company member in a membership, they are added to the group.
# if a person is added directly to the people table, they are added to their account's subscriptions
; 58 - Housekeep, Automatic export : Verify it exports as follows:
# When disabled, it does not export
# When export mode is not 1 or 2, it does not export
# export mode 1 exports DLI custom format
# export mode 2 exports General Ledger transactions, only after the month is complete and only once per month, as described in this doc
; 59 - Housekeep, cancel all expired memberships : For all membership past (membershipGracePeriod+membershipCancellationGracePeriod):
# membership status changes to canceled
# all users are removed from groups
# call invoices with membership items are canceled.
; 60 - Housekeep, verify membership recurring purchase : verify all membership accounts have a recurring purchase that is charged through the expiration date
; 61 - Housekeep, cancel duplicate membership recurring purchase : verify each account only has one membership recurring purchase.
; 62 - Housekeep, remove subscription group for Canceled Subscription : verify housekeep removes users from group (boad issue)
; 63 - Housekeep, remove subscription group for Closed Account : (boad issue)
; 64 - My Account, Online Payments : Verify a user can pay invoices using the online edit form.
; 65 - Membership Type Purchasing : Purchasing a membership type creates a membership account.
# if the account is already a membership, the previous membership type is set
# if the membership type has no subscription type or a perpetual subscription type, no membership expiration is set.
# if the subscription type is periodic or calendar, the membership expiration is set and a subscription is created. If renew on expiration is set, the subscription's Charges Remaining is left blank. If Renew is not checked on the membership type, Charges Remaining is set to 0.
; 66 - Subscriptions never fulfill bundled items : If a bundling item is a subscription or membership, the bundled items are only purchased during the initial purchase and NOT during renewal.
; 67 - Subscription Dependency : A subscription can be marked to be dependant on another Subscription. If a subscription expires or is canceled, all of it's dependant subscriptions are also canceled.
; 68 - Subscription items bundled with a subscription becomes dependant : When purchased, a subscription bundled in a subscription automatically becomes a dependant on it's bundling subscription so it will be automatically cancelled when the bundling subscription is canceled.
; 67 - Membership renewal : When a membership is renewed (all membership invoices created by membership subscriptions are paid), the membership expiration is updated to the subscription's charged through date, the renewed date is set.
: 68 - Membership renewal updates anniversary date : If a membership renewal covers a day PAST the anniversay (all membership invoices are paid), then the anniversary date event occurs, the membership kit is added and the anniversay date is updated by 1 year.
; 69 - On-Demand Account Prebills One Day : Verify an On-Demand account is charged one day before expiration of a subscription
; 70 - Billing Account Prebill : Verify the PreBill setting controls when invoices are created from subscriptions.
:* The effective purchase date does not change, only the billing day.
:* The date due is calculated with respect to the effective purchase date and does not change
; 71 - Subscription Charges Remaining : Verify blank charges remaining has no effect, numeric charges remaining counts down each time the subscription is charged. If a subscription reaches its charged through date and the charges remaining is 0, it is canceled.
; 72 - subscriptions renew : Verify subscription creates invoices on charged-Through date, adds people to groups with expiration, advances charged-through, advances group expiration.
* initial purchase with payment creates subscription, sets charge-through and adds people to group.
* set date to 1 day after chargedthrough and housekeep -- invoice created, people in group and expiration extended
* pay invoice -- membership active, people in group
; 73 - Purchase Item with prefers-On-Demand : Verify a billing account uses the On-Demand method when available
# in a recurring batched purchase
# in a manual invoice purchase
# in the api chargeOrder call (payOrder is not effected)
; 74 - Purchase Item with prefers-On-Demand : VErify a billing account always uses an On-Demand method, else the invoice is not paid, the ecommerce admin recieves a notice, and an account note is created
# in a recurring batched purchase
# in a manual invoice purchase
# in the api chargeOrder call (payOrder is not effected)
# in the api getOnlinePaymentFields, only On-Demand fields are made available
; 75 - Add Deposits : Deposits can be made from any of the payment methods
# Cash payments
# Check Payments
# Credit Card Payments
; 76 - Overpayments result in deposits
# Cash payments
# Check Payments
# Credit Card Payments
; 77 - Invoices can be paid with Deposits
# Single Invoices
# Combinations of Invoices
; 78 - An Invoice can be paid with Combinations of a Deposit and a payment
# Cash and a deposit
# Check and a deposit
# Credit Card and a deposit
; 79 - Item Pay Method Compatibility, On-Demand If Available : If an item is marked on-demand if available and contains no items marked 'on-demand required', all orders containing that item can be purchased with any method with two exceptions. First if purchasing online, the customer will only be presented with and only process On-Demand methods and second if the purchase is unattended (batch processed) it will use On-Demand options on the account if available for both On-Demand and billing accounts.
# If an account has an On-Demand options, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only provide on-demand options
# If an account has an On-Demand options, background processing will only use those options
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only support manual the On-Demand option.
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, background processing will use the pay method set in the account.
# Invoice Manager manual payment will not be limited in anyway, but should include a message showing the administrator if an item in the order has this setting
# My Account payment screen follows the api call restrictions listed here.
; 80 - Item Pay Method Compatibility, On-Demand Required : If an item is marked on-demand required, all orders containing that item must be purchased On-Demand, except if purchased with manual invoice and/or paid with manual payment.
# If an account has an On-Demand options, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only provide on-demand options
# If an account has an On-Demand options, background processing will only use those options
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, an API call from applications like meeting registration will only support on-demand options.
# If an account does not have an On-Demand option, background processing will fail, adding an account note with alert and send email to admin, but not customer.
# Invoice Manager manual payment will not be limited in anyway, but should include a message showing the administrator if an item in the order has this setting
# My Account payment screen follows the api call restrictions listed here.
; 81 api.getAccountStatus includes account payOptions
* payOption.Id - that can be used in api.payOrder()
* payOption.Name - that can be displayed to the customer
* payOption.isAch - true/false if this is an ACH option
; 82 - api.getSiteStatus : returns the state of allowACHPayments reflected on the appropriate payment processor
; 83 - cancel dependent recurring purchases : If a recurring purchase is cancelled, any recurring purchase with it marked as a dependency is automatically cancelled.
; 84 - Pay Method Compatibility set Billing Allowed, OnLine Payment Form : If any account purchases an item marked Billing Allowed, the online payment form includes a bill my account option.
; 85* - Pay Method Compatibility set Billing Allowed : If any account purchases an item marked Billing Allowed, the account is invoiced as Bill and Fulfill on Payment. When the invoice is paid, fulfilment occurs.
; 86 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Required, OnLine Payment Form : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the online payment form only offers On-Demand options.
; 87 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Required : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the invoice must be paid by and On-Demand method.
; 88 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Preferred, OnLine Payment Form : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the invoice must be paid by and On-Demand method.
* if the purchase fails, the invoice is left unpaid and an error message is returned.
; 89 - Pay Method Compatibility set On-Demand-Preferred : If any account marked Billing purchases an item marked On-Demand-Required, the invoice must be paid by and On-Demand method.
* if the purchase fails, the invoice is created but left unpaid, to be retried later
; 90 - transaction Unprocessed-Credit-Card handling : Verify the field is clear if a valid processor is selected, and is set if Accept-unprocessed is selected
; 91 - API call billOrder() forces Bill PayMethod : verify
; 92 - API call billAndFulfillOrder() forces Bill-and-fulfill PayMethod : verify
; 93 - Close a parent account closes subaccounts : verify
; 94 - Cancel a parent account membership cancels subaccount memberships : verify

; 95 - API addAccountNote
; 96 - API addAccountOnDemandMethod
; 97 - API addAccountOrganization
; 98 - API addAccountUser
; 99 - API addMembershipKitFulfillment
; 100 - API addOrderItem
; 101 - API billAndFulfillOrder
; 102 - API billOrder
; 103 - API calculateOrder
; 104 - API cancelInvoice
; 105 - API cancelMembership
; 106 - API cancelSubscription
; 107 - API chargeOrder
; 108 - API closeAccount
; 109 - API createAccount
; 110 - API createOrder - if the application supports multiple seller accounts, a sellerAccountId is required
; 111 - API deleteSubscription
; 112 - API getAccountBillingContact
; 113 - API getAccountPayMethod
; 114 - API getAccountPrimaryContact
; 115 - API getAccountStatus
; 116 - API getChargesAndPayments
; 117 - API getInvoice
; 118 - API getOnlinePaymentFields
; 119 - API getOnlinePaymentFieldsForAccount
; 120 - API getOpenOrderId
; 121 - API getOrderDetails
; 122 - API getOrderShipOptionSelect
; 123 - API getShipCharge
; 124 - API getShipOptionSelect
; 125 - API getSiteStatus
; 126 - API getTransactions
; 127 - API getUserAccountId
; 128 - API getUserAccountList
; 129 - API payOrder
; 130 - API payOrdersByOnlinePaymentFields
; 131 - API removeAccountOrganization
; 132 - API removeAccountUser
; 133 - API setAccountBillingContact
; 134 - API setAccountOnDemandMethod
; 135 - API setAccountOnDemandMethodSecondary
; 136 - API setAccountPayMethod
; 137 - API setAccountPrimaryContact
; 138 - API setOrderAccount
; 139 - API setOrderPaid
; 140 - API setOrderPromotionalDiscount
; 141 - API setOrderShipMethod
; 142 - API setOrderUser
; 143 - API verifyAccount

==Use Cases==
These are the accepted use cases for the project.
=== Manage Accounts ===
Use Account Manager to create accounts, manage account details, and add users and organizations.
<blockquote>
; Add an Account : An administrator can add an account, go to the account list and click [add] button. Enter a name for the account and [save]
; Add a User to an account : You first add a user to the system, then add the user to the account. A user can be added directly to the account (an individual user), or they can be added to an organization and the organization can be added to the account (a company user). To add an individual user, go to the Account User tab and click [add]. To add a company user, go to the organization tab and add an organization. All people with this organization set will show in the account user tab.
; Add an organization to an account : On the Organization table of account details, use the add button to add an organization. This adds all the organization's people to the account details people tab.
; Add a Primary Contact : To add a primary contact, go to the account details tab and select them from the list of account users.
; Add a Billing Contact : To add a billing contact, go to the account details tab and select them from the list of account users
</blockquote>

=== Account Charge Methods ===
Set an account charge method on the account details screen. There are four: No Payment Necessary, Pay On-Demand, Bill and Fulfill on Payment, Bill and Fulfill Now.
<blockquote>
; No Payment Necessary Purchases : If an account is set to No Payment Necessary, all purchases will be automatically paid without accepting customer payment. This includes online purchases, manual invoices and automatic batch invoice payments.
; Pay On-Demand : This is the default charge method for new accounts. All purchases require payment when they are charged.
; Bill and Fulfil on Payment : When the purchase is made, an invoice is sent to the customer. Fulfilment does not occur until payment is made.
; Bill and Fulfill Now : When the purchase is made, an invoice is sent to the customer and Fulfillment occurs immediately. An amount must be set in the Credit Limit field in an account in order for the account to use this charge method.
</blockquote>

=== Account Notification Methods ===
Set an account notification method on the account details screen. There are four: Email, Fax, Print Queue, Email and Print Queue.
<blockquote>
; Email : All invoices and other notifications will be emailed to the account contact.
; Fax : All invoices and other notifications will be faxed to the account contact.
; Print and Mail Queue : All invoices and other notifications will be sent to the print queue to be printed and mailed.
; Email and Print Queue : All invoices and other notifications will be emailed to the account contact and also sent to the print queue to be printed as necessary.
</blockquote>

=== Charging to an account ===
When a customer purchases, they use the account set in their people record regardless in which account(s) they may be be included. Being included in the users tab of an account gives those uses access to the benefits of a purchase, such as being added to a subscription group or a membership group. To be allows to purchase on the account, each person can have one and only one purchasing account set in their people record.
<blockquote>
; Purchase on your Billing Account : When a person purchases online, they use the account set in their people record under billing.
; Purchasing without a Billing Account : If the Ecommerce Setting "Create Ecommerce Account Automatically" is checked, an account will be created automatically for the customer when they purchase online. Otherwise the customer cannot purchase online.
; Purchasing with a closed account : If the Ecommerce Setting "Create Ecommerce Account Automatically" is checked, an account will be created automatically for the customer when they purchase online. Otherwise the customer cannot purchase online.
</blockquote>

=== Orders and Invoices ===
An order is a list of services and items to be sold to a customer. Online it is represented by a shopping cart. When the order is charged to the customer it is called an Invoice and can no longer be modified. When an Invoice is paid, it becomes a receipt and can no longer be cancelled.
<blockquote>
; Uncharged Orders : When a customer adds items to their shopping cart, the order remains uncharged. For online ordering with on-demand payment methods, the order remains uncharged until it is paid. For all other cases, an order is first charged, then paid.
; Charged Orders (Invoices) : When an order is charged, it becomes an invoice with a due date based on the customer's charge method.
; Paid Orders (Paid Invoices / Receipts) : When an order is paid, it becomes a receipt.
</blockquote>

=== Account Statements, Balances and Invoices ===
An Invoice represents a charge to the account. The account statement reflects the status of an account at a particular moment.
<blockquote>
; Add an invoice to a Statement : Add an unpaid invoice to a billing account (Bill and Fulfill) and it appears on the statement, increasing the account balance.
; Pay an Invoice to remove it from a statement : When an invoice is paid, it is removed from the account statement.
</blockquote>

=== Closed Accounts ===
When an account is closed, it can no longer be used, but its history and settings are preserved.
<blockquote>
; Close an account: You can close an account from the account list by selecting the account and clicking [Close Selected Accounts]. You can close an account from the account details page with the close account button.
; Unpaid Invoices and Recurring Purchases are canceled : When an account is closed, its open invoices and recurring purchases are cancelled.
; Use of a closed account : Users with a closed account set cannot use it. If they attempt to purchase online, a new account will be created for them.
; Re-Open a Closed Account : Locate the account in the account list by filtering for closed accounts. Edit the account and change the account status to open. Users who have not created new accounts will be able to use the account again.
</blockquote>

=== Membership Accounts ===
Membership Accounts are accounts that have a Membership Type set.
<blockquote>
; Create a membership type : A membership type is a type of item. Create a membership type in Membership Manager. Only a name is required.
; Create a Membership Account : Add an account to the system and set their membership type.
; Add a Membership Group to a Membership Type : Edit the membership type and on the subscriptions tab, set the group. All users in Membership accounts to the this membership type will be added to this membership group.
; Add an expiration to a membership type : Edit the membership type and on the subscriptions group, set the subscription duration. Existing membership accounts will not be changed. When this membership type is next purchased, the account's membership expiration will be set based on the duration set in the membership type.
; Membership auto renewal : Edit the membership type and on the subscription tab, set the membership to renew on expiration. This will create a recurring purchase record of every account set to this membership type with an expiration date. The recurring purchase will be set as "charged through" the account's expiration date.
; All Account Users are added to the Membership Group : All people in the user table of account details are automatically added to the membership group with the membership expiration date. If you add an individual user to the account, they are automacally added to the Membership Group. If you add an organization to the membership, all the organization's users are added to the Account, and to the Membership Group
; Membership Groups can only be set to people who are users in a Membership Account : When a person is removed from the people tab of an account, they are automatically removed from the membership group for the account
</blockquote>

=== Automatic Billing ===
Account Manager automatically charges customers for recurring purchases, and automatically pays outstanding invoices for accounts setup as On-Demand
<blockquote>
; Set the automatic billing time of day : Use Ecommerce Settings to set the time of day when automatic bill occurs.
; Recurring Purchases control automatic charges : To create an automatic charge, add a recurring purchase to the account. If the charged-through date is blank, the account will be charged on the next batch. Otherwise, the next purchase date will be determined by the "charged-Through" date.
; Recurring purchase for On Demand Accounts : On Demand Accounts are charged on the "charged-Through" date.
; Recurring purchase for Billing Accounts : Both Bill and Fulfill Now and Bill and Fulfill on Payment are charged on or before the "charged-Through" date, based on "Pre-bill days for billing accounts" set in Ecommerce Settings.
</blockquote>

=== Invoice Payments ===
There are several ways an account can pay for an invoice.
<blockquote>
; On-Demand Payments : When an account is configured as on-Demand and has a valid On-Demand payment option configured, an invoice charged to the account is paid by the primary on-demand method first. If that fails, it is paid by the secondary on-demand payment method. If that fails, all others are attempted.
; One-Time On-Demand Payments : An online payment by credit card or echeck is considered a One-Time on-demand payment. When a one-time payment fails, the order is not converted into an invoice and can be abandonded or modified. Since no invoice is created, the charge is not retried.
</blockquote>

===Pre 2016===
# Test Setup
## Item: Leaves
##* Set a name, a unit price, no subscription
##* GL, Post Method = Normal (should be default), Defer Account = Deferred Income, Income Account= Leaves Income
## Item: Rock (Proforma)
##* Set a name, a unit price, no subscription
##* GL, Post Method = Proforma, Defer Account = Deferred Income, Income Account = Rock Income
## Item: Test Meeting
##* Set a name, a unit price, no subscription
##* GL, Post Method = Defer Date, Defer Date = A Future Date, Defer Account = Deferred Income, Income Account = Meeting Income
## Account: House
## Account: On-Demand-With-Card
## Account: Bill-Ship-Now
## Account: Bill-Ship-On-Payment
# Test Verification
## Valid Unpaid Invoice
### Go to Account > Purchase History > Verify Invoice Row Complete
### Go to Account > Purchase History > click on invoice number > Verify Invoice displays correctly
### Go to Account > Transactions > Verify one row for new charge
## Valid Cash Payment
### (how to validate a cash payment)
## Valid Check Payment
### (how to validate a check payment)
## Valid Credit Payment
### (how to validate a credit card/ach payment)
# Test Tools
## Test Create Invoice Tool - this is just to test basic functionality. Transactions will be tested separately.
### Payment Methods
#### Charge the account -
##### Charge and order to the On-Demand-With-Card account. It should create a paid invoice.
##### Charge and order to the Bill-No-Ship account. It should create an unpaid invoice.
#### Bill the order but do not pay
##### Charge and order to the On-Demand-With-Card account. It should create an unpaid invoice.
#### Create the order but do not bill
##### Charge and order to the On-Demand-With-Card account. It should create an uncharged invoice.
### Shipping Charges
#### Set no shipping charge - charge to account Bill-No-Ship. Verify no shipping charges
#### Set a shipping charge - charge to account Bill-No-Ship. Verify the shipping charges
### Invoice Messages
##### Verify the unpaid message appears on unpaid invoices
##### Verify the paid message appears on paid invoices
### Line Item options
#### Quantity - Required
#### Item - Optional
#### General Ledger Account - overrides item's GL Account
#### Price - overrides item's GL Account. Required if no Item.
#### Description - Required if no Item
#### Quantity - Required
## Test Enter Payments Tool
## Test Create Credit Tools
## Test Create Charge Tool
## Test Process Batch Tool
## Test Export Data Tool
## Test Item Features
### Subscriptions
### Bundling
### Inventory
### Fulfillment Notification
# Testing Transactions
## Bill Fulfill on Payment Account
### Manual invoice + Cash Payment
#### Single Item Order
##### GL Post: Normal
#####* After charge, verify account balance + AR + verify invoice + account transactions + gl transactions
#####* After payment, verify account balance + AR + verify paid invoice + account transactions + gl transactions
##### GL Post: Proforma
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Term
#### Single Item Order Plus Tax and Shipping
##### GL Post: Normal
##### GL Post: Proforma
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Term
#### Combination Item Order
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date + Proforma Defer Term
#### Bundled Item Order
##### GL Post: Normal + Normal
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Normal + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma + Proforma Defer Term
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date + Proforma Defer Date
##### GL Post: Proforma Defer Date + Proforma Defer Term
### Manual invoice + Check Payment
### Manual invoice + Credit Payment
### Manual invoice + Deposit Payment
## On Demand Account
## Bill and Fulfill Account
## House Account
#Settings#
==Revision History==
===January 15, 2016===
* Added Transaction Memo field to Manual Cash Payments to assist when entering non-traditional payments.
* Further clarified the use of capital letters, hash tags, parentheses, and brackets in account transaction descriptions.
* Added a setting to let admin set the time of day for the batch to run.
** Sentences start with capital letter
** square brackets wrap system generated items and enumerations, such as transaction numbers. The brackets provide clarification for empty lists and leading/trailing spaces.
** parentheses set off structurally independent details, such as check numbers and cash memos
** Hash tags (#) are not needed in front of numbers as they take up real estate and provide no additional information.
* fix: Applying a single deposit to an invoice did not work
* fix: transactions dates that include no time portion (now possible with the manual payment transaction date) are not included in the daily summary.
===February 25, 2016===
* bugfix: Log fills with invoiceId line
* bugfix: if you have multiple credit cards and the first fails, and the second passes, the transaction is marked failed and is retried.
===April 8, 2016===
* Added ability to add/modify each tab and feature list item so each customer can have custom reports
* Converted subscriptions to account/org/user as memberships had been, so a subscription puts everyone in the account in the subscription group (for division requirement)
* Migrated all membership and subscription account verification to ecommerce api and now called from membership.
* UX update for Visibility of System Status. Button hovers and navigation highlights.
===May 6, 2016===
* Added Deferral Report to Invoice Manager
* Added Pay Method Compatibility items
* Added ability to pay and invoice with a combination of previous deposits and a current payment.
* Removed No Charged invoices from Invoice Manager list
* Bugfix - account hold should only apply to batch payments

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-02-08T14:36:25Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Registration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:38:27Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Regiatration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:35:17Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active, associated Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Organization Certification record and set the Regiatration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:34:22Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the active, associated Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

To remove an organization from this list, without disturbing any other database relationships, a user may edit the Regiatration_Valid date to be in the past. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:29:35Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. 
In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:29:10Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certifications 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:28:41Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
*There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
*There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
*There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the Organization record. 

To navigate to Organization Certification, go to Admin>>Manage Addons>>ASA Sync Mods 2015>>Organization Certification 
To navigate to Organization record, go to Admin>>Manage Users>>Organizations

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:24:24Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record. 
There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future. 
There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the Organization record. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:24:10Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true. 
There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record.
There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future.
There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the Organization record. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

Aviation Suppliers Association (ASA)

2021-01-12T16:23:47Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. In order to appear in this listing, the following must be true.
There is a ship code of AC00-56A, AC00-56B, AC00-56C, AC 00-56A, AC 00-56B, or AC 00-56C, in the Organization Certification record.
There is a REGISTRATION_NO and a REGISTRATION_VALID date in the future.
There is a matching AcctNo and SubC in both the Organization Certification record and the Organization record. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

2020-05-18T21:16:07Z

Admin: /* Lists and Databases */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, and have an FAA expiration date in the future. Additionally the Name field in the Shipping tab must not be blank. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.

2020-05-14T00:37:43Z

Admin:

The newsletter add-on consists of newsletter stories and issues. You can create as many issues as you want, but only the most current issue shows up in the add-on. Past issues are automatically archived, and future issues wait in the queue until their publication date comes around to be displayed. 

==Terms==
; Publish Date : Every issue has a publish date. You can include a time of time with the publish date (like 5/6/2020 8am), or just a date (like 5/6/2020). If you include just a date, the time is considered to be midnight at the start of that date. At the time of the publish date, the issue will become available. Before the publish date, the issue will be considered a future issue and will only be available through the editing tools.

==Roles==

==How To==

===How to Install the Newsletter Add-On===
Click here for information on [[Installing Add-Ons]]. (The Newsletter Add-On is named NEWSLETTER2.) 

===How to Add the Newsletter to a web page===
When you are on the web page where you would like the newsletter to appear and are logged on as an Administrator, you will select the EDIT option from the menu. Next, click the paper/pencil icon. This will take you to the Edit record for your page. 

On this screen put your cursor in the Copy box, click on the Add-on drop down menu and select Newsletter2. An image with the Contensive logo will appear in the Copy Box. Click OK at the top of the page to save the newsletter to your webpage. 

After you click OK, you will return to the webpage with the newsletter, where you will see the following: 

[[File:Newsletter-Edit.png]]

From this screen you will see the admin links to manage the newsletter. The links allow you to add a new page (story), edit the issue, create an email version, add a new issue, edit the newsletter, and edit categories. 

===Add a new Story===
To add a story you can click on the ADD A NEW STORY link. This will open a blank story record where you can name the story, type the overview of the story, include infographic thumbnail and full infographic, and type in the story copy in the FULL STORY. If you click on the BLOCKING tab, you can block the story to only the specific groups that you select. In the FEATURES tab, you can change the sort order of the story within the issue, change the issue the story appears in, and select a category for your story. In the RSS FEEDS tab, you can choose an RSS feed that you want the story to be included in. Click OK to save your new story. After you have saved your story, you can edit any of the information by the paper/pencil icon next to the story title for the story you want to edit. 

===Email Newsletter===
To email the issue simply click on the CREATE EMAIL VERSION link on the newsletter page. This will create a group email that contains the newsletter landing page as the content for the email. In the group email record you simply add a subject line, enter the from address for the email, choose who the confirmation email will be sent to and the email template. Next click on the SEND TO GROUPS TAB and check the groups who you would like to receive the newsletter. Click SEND TEST to review the email and then once you are satisfied with the way it looks in the test email, you will click SEND to send the newsletter to the specified groups. 

===Add a new Issue===
Click on the ADD A NEW ISSUE link. This will open a blank issue record where you can name the issue, enter the cover copy (which displays at the top of the screen when someone is viewing the main newsletter page). This field must be 40 characters to show up on the newsletter. (If your text is less than 40 characters, you can add spaces to the end of it.) Also enter the overview copy (which provides a description of the issue after the newsletter link in the archives). 

If you want to display ads on the page, go to the AD BANNERS tab. Select the layout from the menu to determine the number of ads and the size of each. You will then upload the number of images specified and include a link for each image that will take the user to the URL when they click on the banner. Click OK to save changes.

===Edit Newsletter===
To edit the newsletter, click on the EDIT THIS NEWSLETTER link. This will open the record for your newsletter, where you can change the name of the newsletter, the newsletter template, the email template or the newsletter styles. Click OK to save changes. 

===Edit Categories===
To add or edit categories, click on the EDIT CATEGORIES link. This will show a list of all newsletter categories. You can make changes to a category by clicking the paper/pencil icon next to the category to open the record, change the category name and then click OK to save the change. Click ADD when the category list is displayed to add a new category. Click OK when you are done to save the new record. 

===Change Which Newsletter is Displayed on the Page===
If you want to change which newsletter is displayed on a page, login and click on ADVANCED EDIT. Click the WRENCH icon and in the NEWSLETTER field drop-down, choose the newsletter you want displayed on the current page. Click UPDATE to save changes. 

===Add Banners to a Newsletter===
Before adding banners, you must first add banner layouts. To do this, login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, NEWSLETTER 2, NEWSLETTER AD BANNER LAYOUTS. If you need to add a layout, click ADD. Name the banner, such as 144 px (W) x 216 px (H), 2 rows x 3 columns. Next enter the number of Rows and columns for the ad layout, as well as the space between columns in pixels. 

To add banners to the issue, login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, NEWSLETTER 2, NEWSLETTER ISSUES. Click on the Newsletter that you want to edit. In the AD BANNERS tab, select the ad layout you want to use. For example you may choose, 144 px (W) x 216 px (H), 2 rows x 3 columns. In this case you would have 6 banner ads in the issue. Therefore, you need to add an image and link for 6 different banner ads. Click OK to save changes.

===Change the Masthead at the top of the Newsletter===
Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-Ons, Newsletter2, Newsletters. Click the Edit tag next to the newsletter you want to edit. In the FEATURES tab, you can upload a new image in the MASTHEAD IMAGE field. The default template uses images 600 px wide and 246 px tall. Click OK to save changes.

===Change the Footer at the bottom of the Newsletter===
Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-Ons, Newsletter2, Newsletters. Click the Edit tag next to the newsletter you want to edit. In the FEATURES tab, you can upload a new image in the FOOTER IMAGE field. The default template uses images 600 px wide and 169 px tall. Click OK to save changes.

===Developing a Newsletter Template===

Located in Newsletter Templates

There is one layout used for three different screens. It is composed of three parts, any two of which are hidden on each screen.

* Cover Screen (newsCover)
* Story Screen (newsBody)
* Archive Screen (newsArchive)

In addition, there are sections of the common template that the system updates:
* newsIssueCaption
* newsNav
* newsNavCaption
* newsNavList
* newsNavCategoryItem
* newsNavStoryItem

There are several parts in putting together the newsletter which contain specific classes that need to bin incorporated into the HTML
they are as follows (with classes listed)

1. newsCover - the style that wraps the cover screen's content area
.newsCoverList - a wrapper that surrounds the list of brief overviews
.newsCoverListCaption = News Header within one repeating section of the newsCoverList
.newsCoverListOverView = News Body (overview) within one repeating section of the newsCoverList
.NewsCoverListReadmore = Link to the full Story within one repeating section of the newsCoverList
.newsCoverListReadMoreAnchor = the class in the anchor tag of the newsCoverListReadMore
.newsCoverListReadMoreCaption = the class in a span around the read more text, within the read more anchor tag
the actual href for the read more anchor has to be the question mark character (?)

2. newsBody - this section will display when the newsletter story appears and hidden in all other cases
.newsBodyCaption = News Header
.newsBodyStory = News Body (Full Story)

==Reference==

==Things to Test==
#Add Newsletter add-on to a page
#Add a new story
#Edit a story
#Create email version of newsletter
#Add a new issue
#Edit a newsletter
#Edit categories
#Add banners to newsletter

==Revision History==

2020-05-14T00:35:02Z

Admin:

The newsletter add-on consists of newsletter stories and issues. You can create as many issues as you want, but only the most current issue shows up in the add-on. Past issues are automatically archived, and future issues wait in the queue until their publication date comes around to be displayed. 

==Terms==
; Publish Date : Every issue has a publish date. You can include a time of time with the publish date (like 5/6/2020 8am), or just a date (like 5/6/2020). If you include just a date, the time is considered to be midnight at the start of that date. At the time of the publish date, the issue will become available. Before the publish date, the issue will be considered a future issue and will only be available through the editing tools.

==Roles==

==How To==

===How to Install the Newsletter Add-On===
Click here for information on [[Installing Add-Ons]]. (The Newsletter Add-On is named NEWSLETTER2.) 

===How to Add the Newsletter to a web page===
When you are on the web page where you would like the newsletter to appear and are logged on as an Administrator, you will select the EDIT option from the menu. Next, click the paper/pencil icon. This will take you to the Edit record for your page. 

On this screen put your cursor in the Copy box, click on the Add-on drop down menu and select Newsletter2. An image with the Contensive logo will appear in the Copy Box. Click OK at the top of the page to save the newsletter to your webpage. 

After you click OK, you will return to the webpage with the newsletter, where you will see the following: 

[[File:Newsletter-Edit.png]]

From this screen you will see the admin links to manage the newsletter. The links allow you to add a new page (story), edit the issue, create an email version, add a new issue, edit the newsletter, and edit categories. 

===Add a new Story===
To add a story you can click on the ADD A NEW STORY link. This will open a blank story record where you can name the story, type the overview of the story, include infographic thumbnail and full infographic, and type in the story copy in the FULL STORY. If you click on the BLOCKING tab, you can block the story to only the specific groups that you select. In the FEATURES tab, you can change the sort order of the story within the issue, change the issue the story appears in, and select a category for your story. In the RSS FEEDS tab, you can choose an RSS feed that you want the story to be included in. Click OK to save your new story. After you have saved your story, you can edit any of the information by the paper/pencil icon next to the story title for the story you want to edit. 

===Email Newsletter===
To email the issue simply click on the CREATE EMAIL VERSION link on the newsletter page. This will create a group email that contains the newsletter landing page as the content for the email. In the group email record you simply add a subject line, enter the from address for the email, choose who the confirmation email will be sent to and the email template. Next click on the SEND TO GROUPS TAB and check the groups who you would like to receive the newsletter. Click SEND TEST to review the email and then once you are satisfied with the way it looks in the test email, you will click SEND to send the newsletter to the specified groups. 

===Add a new Issue===
Click on the ADD A NEW ISSUE link. This will open a blank issue record where you can name the issue, enter the cover copy (which displays at the top of the screen when someone is viewing the main newsletter page). This field must be 40 characters to show up on the newsletter. (If your text is less than 40 characters, you can add spaces to the end of it.) Also enter the overview copy (which provides a description of the issue after the newsletter link in the archives). 

If you want to display ads on the page, go to the AD BANNERS tab. Select the layout from the menu to determine the number of ads and the size of each. You will then upload the number of images specified and include a link for each image that will take the user to the URL when they click on the banner. Click OK to save changes.

===Edit Newsletter===
To edit the newsletter, click on the EDIT THIS NEWSLETTER link. This will open the record for your newsletter, where you can change the name of the newsletter, the newsletter template, the email template or the newsletter styles. Click OK to save changes. 

===Edit Categories===
To add or edit categories, click on the EDIT CATEGORIES link. This will show a list of all newsletter categories. You can make changes to a category by clicking the paper/pencil icon next to the category to open the record, change the category name and then click OK to save the change. Click ADD when the category list is displayed to add a new category. Click OK when you are done to save the new record. 

===Change Which Newsletter is Displayed on the Page===
If you want to change which newsletter is displayed on a page, login and click on ADVANCED EDIT. Click the WRENCH icon and in the NEWSLETTER field drop-down, choose the newsletter you want displayed on the current page. Click UPDATE to save changes. 

===Add Banners to a Newsletter===
Before adding banners, you must first add banner layouts. To do this, login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, NEWSLETTER 2, NEWSLETTER AD BANNER LAYOUTS. If you need to add a layout, click ADD. Name the banner, such as 144 px (W) x 216 px (H), 2 rows x 3 columns. Next enter the number of Rows and columns for the ad layout, as well as the space between columns in pixels. 

To add banners to the issue, login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-ONS, NEWSLETTER 2, NEWSLETTER ISSUES. Click on the Newsletter that you want to edit. In the AD BANNERS tab, select the ad layout you want to use. For example you may choose, 144 px (W) x 216 px (H), 2 rows x 3 columns. In this case you would have 6 banner ads in the issue. Therefore, you need to add an image and link for 6 different banner ads. Click OK to save changes.

===Change the Masthead at the top of the Newsletter===
Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-Ons, Newsletter2, Newsletters. Click the Edit tag next to the newsletter you want to edit. In the FEATURES tab, you can upload a new image in the MASTHEAD IMAGE field. The default template uses images 600 px wide and 246 px tall. Click OK to save changes.

===Change the Footer at the bottom of the Newsletter===
Login and click ADMIN, MANAGE ADD-Ons, Newsletter2, Newsletters. Click the Edit tag next to the newsletter you want to edit. In the FEATURES tab, you can upload a new image in the FOOTER IMAGE field. The default template uses images 600 px wide and 169 px tall. Click OK to save changes.

===Developing a Newsletter Template===

Located in Newsletter Templates

There is one layout used for three different screens. It is composed of three parts, any two of which are hidden on each screen.

* Cover Screen (newsCover)
* Story Screen (newsBody)
* Archive Screen (newsArchive)

In addition, there are sections of the common template that the system updates:
* newsIssueCaption
* newsNav
* newsNavCaption
* newsNavList
* newsNavCategoryItem
* newsNavStoryItem

There are several parts in putting together the newsletter which contain specific classes that need to bin incorporated into the HTML
they are as follows (with classes listed)

1. newsCover - the style that wraps the cover screen's content area
.newsCoverList - a wrapper that surrounds the list of brief overviews
.newsCoverListCaption = News Header within one repeating section of the newsCoverList
.newsCoverListOverView = News Body (overview) within one repeating section of the newsCoverList
.NewsCoverListReadmore = Link to the full Story within one repeating section of the newsCoverList
.newsCoverListReadMoreAnchor = the class in the anchor tag of the newsCoverListReadMore
.newsCoverListReadMoreCaption = the class in a span around the read more text, within the read more anchor tag
the actual href for the read more anchor has to be the question mark character (?)

2. NewsBody (Full Story)
.newsBodyCaption = News Header
.newsBodyStory = News Body (Full Story)

==Reference==

==Things to Test==
#Add Newsletter add-on to a page
#Add a new story
#Edit a story
#Create email version of newsletter
#Add a new issue
#Edit a newsletter
#Edit categories
#Add banners to newsletter

==Revision History==

2020-03-20T15:17:52Z

Admin: /* Replacing pages on website */

Website can be found at http://aviationsuppliers.org/

==Lists and Databases==

We fixed the directory, looks like it broke when we just recently made the fix to the ASA-100 companies list. The developers made a new template so this shouldn't happen again.

The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization and the Join and Expiration dates from the MemberJoin and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab.

The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the org and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab.

The following lists are available on the ASA website: 

'''ASA 100''' 

The ASA Accreditation Program (ASAAP) is a 36 month audit program based on the ASA-100 Standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the ASA 100 field or ASA-100 in the FAA AC 00-56A field and must also have an expiration date in the future for the ASA Expiration and the FAA Expiration. The ASA-100 Companies list pulls the address from the Accreditation tab in the organization record and only displays the Expiration date from the ASA Expiration field in the ASA Data tab. 

'''FAA AC00-56A''' 

FAA Advisory Circular 00-56A establishes a civil aircraft parts accreditation system. This system involves voluntary industry oversight. The FAA strongly endorses participation in this system. FAA AC 00-56A lists ASA-100 as an acceptable quality system standard. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, and have an FAA expiration date in the future. Additionally the Name field in the Shipping tab must not be blank. 

'''ASA Membership Directory''' 

ASA is a not-for-profit trade association, representing companies that buy and sell aircraft parts. Member companies include distributors, suppliers, surplus sales organizations, repair stations, manufacturers, air carriers and other companies that provide a service to the aviation parts supply industry. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. The Member Directory pulls the address from the Details tab in the organization record and the Join and Expiration dates from the Member Join and Member Expiration fields in the ASA Data tab. 

*A logged in user will see a link to the Membership Certificate from the detail screen for the organization where this user is listed as the primary contact for the account and their organization is set to the one in the account. 
*The organization details page will list the ASA logo for all members, and will list the ASA 100 and/or ASACB logos for organizations in these groups. 
*A user may scan the QR code from the Membership Application to see the organization's current membership status. 
*For an Associate Member organization to appear in the directory, ASA must go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS on the website and in the ASA DATA tab, set Member to Y, set Member Type to Associate and enter Expiration Date. Click OK to save changes. 

; ''NOTES for Membership Directory'' : '''In the organization table:''' 

# '''MemberJoin:''' Is used to display in the membership list and the pdf certificate. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search1 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''ASACBExpiration:''' Is used to display the ASACB Logo in the membership list for organizations with an expiration in the future. This field is populated during the Sync using the field Search6 in the CUSTSEARCH table. 
# '''MemberExpiration:''' This field shows the membership expiration; this is populated during the sync from the ALT2_Code_C field from the CUSTVEND table. 

'''The Exemption List''' 

Exemption 8696 enables qualified companies to obtain an 8130-3 tag for Class 3 Products. In order to appear in this listing, an organization record must be active, have a value in the FAA AC 00-56A field, have a Y in the Member field and have a Member Expiration Date that is blank or in the future. In addition, the Organization Name must not be blank. 

'''Stolen Parts Directory''' 

ASA strongly believes in the integrity and safety of the industry, and thus has created the first publically assessible Aviation Stolen Parts Database (Database) for use by all companies in the aviation community. If your company has been the victim of theft, help protect the industry from criminal activity and fraud by notifying your colleagues about the theft. Listing a part and searching for a part in the Aviation Stolen Parts Database is open to the public. In order to submit items to the Database, a police report must be filed and a copy must be submitted as part of the filing. 

'''Exporting Information from the Lists''' 

In order to download a CSV file of search results from any of ASA’s databases listed above (except the Stolen Parts Directory), click on the page for the directory or list you would like to export. Next, you can click on the EXPORT link to export the entire database to a CSV file. Or, you can click on the letters at the top to find an organization by alphabet, or type in a company name or address to search by those fields, and then click on EXPORT to only export the organizations in your search results. Once you have the CSV file, you can open the results in Excel. 

==Creating Friendly URLs for each Company==

Many of the directories recognize user friendly URLs for the member. When a new member company is added to the site, a user-friendly URL has to be added using a tool provided in the admin site. To use the tool, do the following: 

*Go to the admin site and open Navigator >> Manage Addons >> ASA

*Click on Create Directory Aliases

*If you want the user friendly URL to include a prefix, or sub-path, enter the Link Alias Prefix you want to use. For instance, if you want the link for ABC Company to be /Membership-Directory/ABC-Company, then

*Link Alias Prefix = "Membership-Directory"

When the tool runs, it will create (or recreate) the URLs for all the companies in the system, and list them so you know what the URLs will be for each.

==Adding ASA Conference Sponsor Logos==

To add ASA Conference sponsor logos to the conference website:
*Login and click ADMIN.
*Click on MANAGE ADD-ONS, ASA CONFERENCE, ASA CONFERENCE SPONSORS.
*You will see a list of conference sponsors here.
*Click ADD to create a new sponsor record.
*Enter the company name in the SPONSOR NAME field.
*Select the SPONSOR TYPE from the drop down list (Business Class, Carousel Event, First Class or Frequent Flyer) to determine the category where the logo will display.
*If you want to link the logo to the sponsor website, enter it in the SPONSOR LINK field. Make sure to enter the entire website URL: http://www.xyz.com.
*Upload the sponsor logo by clicking CHOOSE FILE in the SPONSOR IMAGE field. Then select the file from your computer and click OPEN.
--''NOTE: Maximum height restrictions are applied to the logo as specified below.''
*If you want to change the logo size, you can enter the number of pixels for the image width in the MAX WIDTH field.
--''Note: The logo will maintain the same width/height proportions, and this will only increase the width of the logo up to the size where it reaches the maximum height allowed.''
*To place the logos in each category in a specific order, user the ALPHA SORT ORDER field, where you will enter a for the 1st logo, b for the 2nd one, etc.
*Click OK to save the new sponsor record.

Maximum heights specified for the logos in each category are listed below:
*First Class - 190px
*Business Class - 135px
*Frequent Flyer - 125px
*Events - 135px
'''
NOTE: If you want to adjust the logo size, use the MAXIMUM WIDTH field in the sponsor record.'''

==Specs for Pentagon to Website Synch==
For a detailed description click here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eVdrYU_8IqoqnxR_rxV60UYd1nDaEHlp4TUyVc5WJno/edit

==Join Form Notes==
*For information on setting up the join form, [http://wiki.kmacloud.net/index.php?title=Membership_Application_Process#How_to_Set_up_the_Online_Application_Process/ click here]
*If a member joins between the 1st and 15th of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of current Month. If a member joins between the 16th and end of the Month, the expiration date is set to the 1st of the next Month.
*After a user pays for membership, organization and contact information is immediately pushed to Pentagon.
*If user is joining as a regular member from an approved country, the account will automatically be listed as active.
[[File:ASA-Approved-Countries.png]]
*If user is joining as an associate member or is from an unapproved country, the account will be listed as pending. ASA must go to the Pentagon record for this user's organization and put Y in the member field and enter an expiration date. After the sync with the website, this member will then appear as an active member.
*Make sure the Membership Mgr settings "automatic activation field" is NOT checked.
*If the Join Date for an Organization already in Pentagon needs to be updated, it should be done in PENTAGON in the field SEARCH1.
 
*To simulate the sync on the staging site for Associate Members, you need to:
#Go to ADMIN, MANAGE USERS, ORGANIZATIONS. Go to the ASA DATA tab and put Y in the MEMBER field and a date in the MEMBER EXPIRATION field. Click OK to save.
#Go to Membership Manager and change the Account Status to Active from Pending; click Save.
#Go to Tools, Invoice Manager, Tools, Process Housekeep Now.

==Member Certificate Notes==
*Certificates are stored in the ASA Organization Certificates table located at Admin, Manage Add-ons, ASA Certification Process, ASA Organization Certificates.
*The Certificate Expiration Date is generated from the Organization record.
*The Organization Expiration Date is updated to the Membership Expiration Date on a purchase/renewal. During sync overnight, verify all Membership Account Expiration Dates match Organization record.

*A new certificate is generated in 3 cases: 1) Change to the Organization name, 2) Change to the Expiration date, 3) Change to the Join date

==Setting up Accounts to Pay for Meetings by Check==

'''[[Step 1]]''' 
To enable the Billing option for meeting payments, you must first go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager, Data, Items. 
Select the item for the meeting. 
In the Purchase tab, in the Pay Method Compatibility field, select Any Pay Method. 
Click OK to save. 

'''[[Step 2]]''' 
Next you must go to the User record of the person registering to set up their billing account. 
Go to Admin, Manage Users, People and select the user who is registering. 
Click on the Billing tab and select the Account that will be charged for the meeting. 
If no account exists for this user, create an Account. Click on Admin>>Tools>>Invoice Manager, click "Add", enter Account name, click OK to Save. 
After entering a new account, go back to the people record and select the Account in the Billing tab.
Click OK to save changes.

'''[[Step 3]]''' 
Next you must go to the account to set the pay method and notification method. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and click on the account you set in Step 2. 
In the Charge Method field, click on Bill and Fulfill On Payment and change the Notification Method to Print Queue. 
Click OK to save changes. 

'''[[Step 4]]''' 
Login as an Admin and go to the meeting registration on the website. Enter the email of the user from Step 2 as the first attendee. 
Finish the registration process and click on the billing option on the payment page of the registration. 

'''[[Step 5]]''' 
Enter the check payment for the meeting registration. 
Go to Admin, Tools, Invoice Manager and select the account of the user who registered for the meeting. 
Click on the Purchase History tab and click PAY next to the invoice for the meeting. 
Select Check, make sure the invoice for the meeting is checked and the amount is correct; enter the Check Number and click Process Payment.

'''[[Step 6]]''' 
Once the payment has processed, click on the Account. 
Go to the Details tab and change the Charge Method back to Pay On-Demand and the Notification Method back to Email. 
Go to the Purchase History tab, check the invoice for the meeting and click on Send Selected Invoices, which will send a copy of the receipt to the Billing Contact on the account. 

==Replacing pages on website==
To do another page, these are the steps we followed, would recommended using two browsers, or one browser and one incognito tab: 
First thing is to put the new page under the correct parent-page, so all the navigation elements work just like the current page. 
1) Edit the new page and set the parent page (in the Navigation Tab) to be the parent page of the current (old page) to be replaced. 

Next is to change the Link Alias so it matches the link alias url from the old page, ie. /Board-Of-Directors. 
2) Edit the new page and on the link alias Tab, enter Board of Directors, and click the checkbox that says to override duplicates, click save. 

Next, if the older page has any child pages, we want to change their parent pages to the new Board page. 
3) Go to the older page and turn on edit. The Board of Directors page, for example, has two child pages. Edit them and change their parent page to the new board page. 

Next we want to remove the older page from the navigation. 
4) Edit the older page and either delete it, or go to the navigation tab and uncheck boxes for "Visible in Parent's Flyout Menu", "Display Child Pages for This Page" and "Visible in Parent's Child Pages" 

Lastly, the URL in browser will display the Name of the Page, so we'd recommend renaming the old page by adding "-OLD" to it or removing the page, then rename the new page.